This group of objects describes the physical properties and
configuration for the building envelope and interior elements.
That is, the walls, roofs, floors, windows, doors for the
building.
Building
element constructions in EnergyPlus are built from the basic
thermal and other material property parameters in physical
constructions. Materials are specified by types and named.
Constructions are defined by the composition of materials.
Finally, surfaces are specified for the building with
geometric coordinates as well as referenced constructions.
There are several material “types” which may be used to
describe layers within opaque construction elements. The
choice of which of these types to use is left up to the user.
However, some guidance as to which material type to use is
appropriate before describing each in detail. The opaque types
are:
Material
is the “preferred” type of material. This requires knowledge
of many of the thermal properties of the material, but it
allows EnergyPlus to take into account the thermal mass of the
material and thus allows the evaluation of transient
conduction effects. Material:NoMass
is similar in nature but only requires the thermal resistance
(R-value) rather than the thickness, thermal conductivity,
density, and specific heat. Note that using a simple R-value
only material forces EnergyPlus to assume steady state heat
conduction through this material layer. Finally, Material:AirGap
should only be used for an air gap between other layers in a
construction. This type assumes that air is sufficiently
lightweight to require only an R-value. In addition, since it
is not exposed to any external environment, surface properties
such as absorptance are not necessary. Material:RoofVegetation
is used to help model “green roofs”. Material:InfraredTransparent
is used similarly to the NoMass materials. Each of these
materials is described in more detail below.
There are several material additions that can be made to
the basic material properties. These additional material types
are:
These material property objects are used in conjunction
with the basic material specification and reference back to
the name of the basic material type. Without the basic
material type specified the program, will give a severe error
and terminate. For example, specifying the moisture materials
and changing the HeatBalanceAlgorithm
to a moisture simulation will allow the moisture simulation to
take place.
This definition should be used when the four main thermal
properties (thickness, conductivity, density, and specific
heat) of the material are known. This syntax is used to
describe opaque construction elements only.
When a Material
is used for the Construction
of a building surface, care should be taken to not attempt to
model assemblies that were not included in the intended scope
of applicability for the underlying heat transfer models. The
building surface models are for normal applications to
building energy efficiency where the main focus is on
assemblies with some thermal resistance. Extremely thin and/or
highly conductive material layers should be neglected from the
Construction
rather than included because they will not contribute to the
assembly’s overall thermal resistance or heat capacity. For
some cases, thin and/or highly conductive materials are a
serious problem for the heat transfer modeling and the values
for thickness, conductivity, density and specific heat are
checked for appropriateness. This check calculates the
Material’s thermal diffusivity from the inputs for
conductivity, density, and specific heat and compares it to a
maximum threshold of \(10^{-5}\) (m\(^{2}\)/s). If the diffusivity is
above this threshold, then the program checks if the layer is
sufficiently thick and may issue a warning if it is too thin
and highly conductive.
The absorptance values in this object impart surface
properties to the construction and should be applied to the
thermally significant inner and outer layers in the overall
assembly. Attempting to trick the program by modeling thin
“paint” layers to apply surface properties is not a good idea;
the models were not intended to support such strategies.
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns
to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by
other input data (ref: Construction
object).
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a
particular material layer. This parameter only influences the
convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior
convection coefficient. A special keyword is expected in this
field with the options being “VeryRough”, “Rough”,
“MediumRough”, “MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”, and “VerySmooth” in
order of roughest to smoothest options.
This field characterizes the thickness of the material
layer in meters. This should be the dimension of the layer in
the direction perpendicular to the main path of heat
conduction. This value must be a positive. Modeling
layers thinner (less) than 0.003 m is not recommended; rather,
add those properties to one of the adjacent
layers.
This field is used to enter the thermal conductivity of the
material layer. Units for this parameter are W/(m-K). Thermal
conductivity must be greater than zero. Modeling
layers with conductivity higher than 5.0 W/(m-K) is not
recommended; however, this may be appropriate for non-surfaces
such as pipes and TDDs (ref. DaylightingDevice:Tubular
object).
This field is used to enter the density of the material
layer in units of kg/m\(^{3}\). Density must be a
positive quantity. In some cases textbooks and
references may use g/m\(^{3}\): be careful to not confuse
units.
This field represents the specific heat of the material
layer in units of J/(kg-K). Note that these units are most
likely different than those reported in textbooks and
references which tend to use kJ/(kg-K) or J/(g-K). They were
chosen for internal consistency within EnergyPlus.
Only values of specific heat of 100 or larger are
allowed. Typical ranges are from 800 to 2000
J/(kg-K).
The thermal absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident long
wavelength (>2.5 microns) radiation that is absorbed by the
material. This parameter is used when calculating the long
wavelength radiant exchange between various surfaces and
affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as
appropriate). For long wavelength radiant exchange, thermal
emissivity and thermal emittance are equal to thermal
absorptance. Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0
(with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). The default
value for this field is 0.9.
The solar absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar
radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation
(0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\))
includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and
ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when
calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by
various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both
inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this
field is 0.7.
The visible absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible
wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible
wavelength radiation (0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic
response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that
the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while
solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as
infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used
when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation
absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat
balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as
the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this
field is 0.7.
An IDF example:
Material,A2 - 4 IN DENSE FACE BRICK, ! Material Name
Rough, ! Roughness
0.1014984 , ! Thickness {m}
1.245296 , ! Conductivity {W/M*K}
2082.400 , ! Density {Kg/M**3}
920.4800 , ! Specific Heat {J/Kg*K}
0.9000000 , ! Thermal Absorptance
0.9300000 , ! Solar Absorptance
0.9300000 ; ! Visible Absorptance
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns
to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by
other input data (ref: Construction
object).
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a
particular material layer. This parameter only influences the
convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior
convection coefficient. A keyword is expected in this field
with the options being “VeryRough”,
“Rough”, “MediumRough”,
“MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”,
and “VerySmooth” in order of roughest to
smoothest options.
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance
(R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are
(m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal
resistance must be greater than zero. Note that most R-values
in the USA are calculated in Inch-Pound units and must be
converted to the SI equivalent.
The thermal absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident long
wavelength (>2.5 \(\mu{}m\)) radiation that is
absorbed by the material. This parameter is used when
calculating the long wavelength radiant exchange between
various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both
inside and outside as appropriate). For long wavelength
radiant exchange, thermal emissivity and thermal emittance are
equal to thermal absorptance. Values for this field must be
between 0.0 and 1.0 (with 1.0 representing “black body”
conditions). The default value for this field is 0.9.
The solar absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar
radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation
(0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\))
includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and
ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when
calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by
various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both
inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this
field is 0.7.
The visible absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible
wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible
wavelength radiation (0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic
response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that
the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while
solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as
infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used
when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation
absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat
balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as
the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this
field is 0.7.
An IDF example:
Material:NoMass,
R13LAYER, ! Material Name
Rough, ! Roughness
2.290965, ! Resistance {M**2K/W}
0.9000000, ! Thermal Absorptance
0.7500000, ! Solar Absorptance
0.7500000; ! Visible Absorptance
A Infrared Transparent surface is similar to a
resistance-only surface. The surface will actually
participate in the transfer of visible and solar radiation by
doing a wavelength transformation and making all short wave
length radiation that is incident on the surface into long
wave length radiation and having it participate in the long
wavelength radiant exchange. Note the
ConvectionCoefficient instructions that follow the Infrared
Transparent construction object below.
This field contains the unique name (across all Material
objects) for the Infrared Transparent material.
A Infrared Transparent surface should not participate in a
convective/conductive exchange between the zones it
separates. In order to minimize this effect, the
ConvectionCoefficients object must be used for the surfaces
referencing the Infrared Transparent (IRT) construction.
An example idf object specification for use with the IRT
surface is shown below. Note that surfaces are not described
in this example
Material:InfraredTransparent,
IRTMaterial1; !- Name
Construction,
IRTSurface, !- Name
IRTMaterial1; !- Outside Layer
SurfaceProperty:ConvectionCoefficients,
Bottom:Top, !- SurfaceName
Outside, !- Convection Type 1
value, !- Convection Value Type 1
0.1, !- Convection value 1 {W/m2-K}
, !- Convection Schedule 1
Inside, !- Convection Type 2
value, !- Convection Value Type 2
0.1; !- Convection value 2 {W/m2-K}
SurfaceProperty:ConvectionCoefficients,
SecondLevel:Bottom, !- SurfaceName
Outside, !- Convection Type 1
value, !- Convection Value Type 1
0.1, !- Convection value 1 {W/m2-K}
, !- Convection Schedule 1
Inside, !- Convection Type 2
value, !- Convection Value Type 2
0.1; !- Convection value 2 {W/m2-K}
SurfaceProperty:ConvectionCoefficients,
SecondLevel:Top, !- SurfaceName
Outside, !- Convection Type 1
value, !- Convection Value Type 1
0.1, !- Convection value 1 {W/m2-K}
, !- Convection Schedule 1
Inside, !- Convection Type 2
value, !- Convection Value Type 2
0.1; !- Convection value 2 {W/m2-K}
SurfaceProperty:ConvectionCoefficients,
ThirdLevel:Bottom, !- SurfaceName
Outside, !- Convection Type 1
value, !- Convection Value Type 1
0.1, !- Convection value 1 {W/m2-K}
, !- Convection Schedule 1
Inside, !- Convection Type 2
value, !- Convection Value Type 2
0.1; !- Convection value 2 {W/m2-K}
This material is used to describe the air gap in an opaque
construction element. Glass elements use a different property
(WindowGas) to describe the air between two glass layers.
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns
to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by
other input data (ref: Construction
object).
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance
(R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are
(m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal
resistance must be greater than zero. Note that most R-values
in the USA are calculated in Inch-Pound units and must be
converted to the SI equivalent.
An IDF example:
Material:AirGap,
B1 - AIRSPACE RESISTANCE, ! Material Name
0.1603675; ! Resistance {M**2K/W}
This material is used to describe the nine moisture
material properties that are used in the EMPD (Effective
Moisture Penetration Depth) heat balance solution algorithm.
The EMPD algorithm is a simplified, lumped moisture model that
simulates moisture storage and release from interior surfaces.
The model uses convective mass transfer coefficients that are
determined by existing heat and mass transfer relationships,
e.g. the Lewis relation. The EMPD model includes two
fictitious layers of material with uniform moisture content: a
surface layer, which accounts for short-term moisture
buffering, and a deep layer, which accounts for more slowly
responding moisture buffering. The model calculates the
moisture transfer between the air and the surface layer and
between the surface layer and the deep layer. This moisture
transfer impacts the zone humidity, and also impacts the zone
temperature through latent-to-sensible conversion from the
heat of adsorption.
This moisture model is used when the appropriate EMPD
moisture materials are specified and the Solution Algorithm
parameter is set to
MoisturePenetrationDepthConductionTransferFunction.
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns
to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by
other input data (ref: Construction
object).
Field:
Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor[LINK]
The vapor diffusion resistance factor is the resistance to
water vapor diffusion relative to the resistance to
water vapor diffusion in stagnant air. In other words, \(\mu\) equals 1 for air, and is
generally greater than 1 for building materials.
where \(\delta_{perm,air}\) is the
permeability of water vapor in air [kg/m-s-Pa], and \(\delta_{perm}\) is the
permeability of water vapor in the material. The permeability
of water vapor in air can be estimated as:
The next four fields, coefficients a, b,
c, and d, define the sorption isotherm curve
used for building materials under equilibrium conditions. They
define the relationship between the material’s moisture
content and the surface air relative humidity (ref: Effective
Moisture Penetration Depth (EMPD) Model in the Engineering
Reference):
\[u = a \cdot \phi^b + c \cdot
\phi^d\]
where
\(a,b,c,d\) = Coefficients
to define the relationship between the material’s moisture
content and the surface air relative humidity;
\(u\) = Moisture content
defined as the mass fraction of water contained in a material,
per mass of dry material [kg/kg];
\(\phi\) = Surface air
relative humidity [0 to 1].
The Surface Layer Penetration Depth is the fictitious
thickness of the surface layer in meters, and is used to
calculate the volume of material that participates in
short-term moisture transfer and storage. This layer has a
uniform moisture content, and can be considered a
lumped-capacitance. The penetration depth is based on
the amount of material that interacts with the zone air when
subject to a cyclic relative humidity variation. It also
impacts the mass transfer resistance between the zone air and
this layer, with thinner depths resulting in lower mass
transfer resistances (ref: Effective Moisture Penetration
Depth (EMPD) Model in the Engineering Reference). For this
reason very small values can lead to instabilities depending
on the timestep.The surface penetration depth can be estimated
with the following equation:
\(\delta_{perm}\) = water
vapor permeability in the material, kg/m-s-Pa (see Vapor
diffusion resistance factor above);
\(P_{sat}\) = saturated
vapor pressure at some nominal temperature, Pa;
\(\tau_{surf}\) = cycle
period of typical RH variations, s. 24 hours (86,400 s) is
often used.
\(\rho_{material}\) = dry
density of material, kg/m\(^3\);
\(\frac{du}{d\phi}\) =
slope of moisture soprtion curve, \(a b \phi^{b-1} + c d
\phi^{d-1}\).
If this field is left blank or set to
autocalculate, the above equation will be used to
calculate the surface layer penetration depth assuming a \(\tau_{surf}\) of 24 hours.
To use a period different than 24 hours, the equation above
can be used to calculate the penetration depth based on a
different value of \(\tau_{surf}\). The penetration
depth can also be entered as an empirical value, as in Woods
and Winkler, 2016. If calculating \(d_{EMPD,surf}\), the assumed
value of \(\tau_{surf}\)
should not be less than 4x the simulation timestep to ensure
an accurate and stable solution.
The Deep Layer Penetration Depth is the fictitious
thickness of the deep layer in meters, and is used to
calculate the volume of material that participates in
long-term moisture transfer and storage. This layer has a
uniform moisture content, and can be considered a
lumped-capacitance. The deep penetration depth is
based on the amount of material that interacts with the
surface layer when subject to cyclic relative humidity
variation. The deep penetration depth can be estimated with
the following equation:
where each term is the same as the surface layer, except
that the cycle period is different. This is usually on the
order of weeks for the deep layer.
If this field is left blank or set to
autocalculate, the above equation will be used to
calculate the deep layer penetration depth assuming a \(\tau_{deep}\) of three weeks. To
use a period different than 3 weeks, the equation above can be
used to calculate the penetration depth based on a different
value of \(\tau_{deep}\). The
penetration depth can also be entered as an empirical value,
as in Woods
and Winkler, 2016.
The Coating Layer Thickness (in meters) adds an additional
resistance between the surface layer and the zone and
represents a thin coating, such as paint, plaster, or other
wall coverings.
This input is optional, and an input of zero implies no
coating.
Field:
Coating Layer Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor[LINK]
The vapor diffusion resistance factor of the coating is the
coating’s resistance to water vapor diffusion
relative to the resistance to water vapor diffusion
in stagnant air (see Vapor diffusion resistance factor section
above).
This input is optional, and an input of zero implies no
coating.
Below are two IDF examples:
This set of inputs can be used for aerated concrete
(assuming linear sorption curve). Density, input elsewhere, is
650 kg/m\(^3\):
MaterialProperty:MoisturePenetrationDepth:Settings,
Concrete, !- Name
6.55, !- Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
0.066, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient a {dimensionless}
1, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient b {dimensionless}
0, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient c {dimensionless}
1, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient d {dimensionless}
0.007, !- Surface Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0.024, !- Deep Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0, !- Coating Layer Thickness {m}
1; !- Coating Layer Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
This set of inputs is for gypsum board with density 750
kg/m\(^3\). This also assumes
2 coats of latex paint:
MaterialProperty:MoisturePenetrationDepth:Settings,
Concrete, !- Name
6.0, !- Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
0.0065, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient a {dimensionless}
0.65, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient b {dimensionless}
0.022, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient c {dimensionless}
10, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient d {dimensionless}
0.021, !- Surface Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0.08, !- Deep Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0.0003, !- Coating Layer Thickness {m}
6000; !- Coating Layer Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
Finally, here are values representing the empirical
whole-house inputs from Woods et al., 2014 (see Engineering
Reference). Density is 800 kg/m\(^3\):
MaterialProperty:MoisturePenetrationDepth:Settings,
Concrete, !- Name
8.0, !- Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
0.012, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient a {dimensionless}
1, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient b {dimensionless}
0, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient c {dimensionless}
1, !- Moisture Equation Coefficient d {dimensionless}
0.019, !- Surface Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0.113, !- Deep Layer Penetration Depth {m}
0, !- Coating Layer Thickness {m}
1; !- Coating Layer Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor {dimensionless}
Other materials inputs can be estimated using the equations
above and material properties from a variety of sources, such
as Kumaran,
1996, the WUFI simulation
software, or the ASHRAE
1018-RP report.
EMPD
Surface Inside Face Water Vapor Density [kg/m3][LINK]
The vapor density at the inside face of the surface, where
the EMPD moisture balance solution algorithm is applied. This
is the actual surface, separated from the zone air
only by the convective mass transfer coefficient.
The moisture content, u, of the fictitious surface
layer. The surface layer node is not at the actual surface,
but is instead at the center of surface layer, which has a
uniform moisture content. This node is separated from the
inside face of the surface by a diffusive resistance, as
described in the Engineering Reference.
Units are kg of water per kg of solid material (e.g.,
gypsum).
The equivalent relative humidity of the surface layer,
converted from the surface-layer moisture content discussed
above and the surface temperature. The moisture content is
related to the relative humidity through the slope of the
moisture curve, the surface penetration depth, and the
material density, as discussed in the engineering
reference.
EMPD
Deep Layer Equivalent Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
The equivalent relative humidity of the deep layer,
converted from the deep-layer moisture content discussed above
and the surface temperature.
EMPD
Surface Layer Equivalent Humidity Ratio
[kgWater/kgDryAir][LINK]
The equivalent humidity ratio of the surface layer. Units
are kg of water per kg of dry air.
EMPD
Deep Layer Equivalent Humidity Ratio [kgWater/kgDryAir][LINK]
The equivalent humidity ratio of the deep layer. Units are
kg of water per kg of dry air.
EMPD
Surface Moisture Flux to Zone [kg/m2-s][LINK]
The mass flux of water vapor from the surface layer of a
specific surface to the zone air. A positive mass flux is from
the surface to the zone.
The mass flux of water vapor from the deep layer of a
specific surface to the surface layer of that surface. A
positive flux is from the surface layer to the deep layer.
Advanced/Research Usage: This material is
used to describe the temperature dependent material properties
that are used in the Conduction Finite Difference solution
algorithm. This conduction model is done when the appropriate
materials are specified and the Solution Algorithm parameter
is set toConductionFiniteDifference. This permits simulating
temperature dependent thermal conductivity and phase change
materials (PCM) in EnergyPlus.
This field is a regular material name specifying the
material with which this additional temperature dependent
property information will be associated.
Field:
Temperature Coefficient for Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
This field is used to enter the temperature dependent
coefficient for thermal conductivity of the material. Units
for this parameter are (W/(m-K\(^{2}\)). This is the thermal
conductivity change per unit temperature excursion from 20 C.
The conductivity value at 20 C is the one specified with the
basic material properties of the regular material specified in
the name field. The thermal conductivity is obtained from:
\[k = {k_o} + {k_1}({T_i} -
20)\]
where:
k\(_{o}\) is the 20\(^\circ\)C value of thermal
conductivity(normal idf input);
k\(_{1}\) is the change in
conductivity per degree temperature difference from 20\(^\circ\)C;
The temperature-enthalpy set of inputs specify a two column
tabular temperature-enthalpy function for the basic material.
Sixteen pairs can be specified. Specify only the number of
pairs necessary. The tabular function must cover the entire
temperature range that will be seen by the material in the
simulation. It is suggested that the function start at a low
temperature, and extend to 100\(^\circ\)C. Note that the function
has no negative slopes and the lowest slope that will occur is
the base material specific heat. Temperature values should be
strictly increasing. Enthalpy contributions of the phase
change are always added to the enthalpy that would result from
a constant specific heat base material. An example of a simple
Enthalpy Temperature function is shown below.
This field specifies the enthalpy that corresponds to the
previous temperature of the temperature-enthalpy function.
Units are J/kg.
And, an IDF example showing how it is used in conjunction
with the Material:
Note, the following Heat Balance Algorithm is necessary
(only specified once). Also, when using
ConductionFiniteDifference, it is more efficient to set the
zone timestep shorter than those used for the
ConductionTransferFunction solution algorithm. It should be
set to 12 timesteps per hour or greater, and can range up to
60.
HeatBalanceAlgorithm,
ConductionFiniteDifference;
Timestep,
12;
Material,
E1 - 3 / 4 IN PLASTER OR GYP BOARD, !- Name
Smooth, !- Roughness
1.9050000E-02, !- Thickness {m}
0.7264224, !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
1601.846, !- Density {kg/m3}
836.8000, !- Specific Heat {J/kg-K}
0.9000000, !- Thermal Absorptance
0.9200000, !- Solar Absorptance
0.9200000; !- Visible Absorptance
MaterialProperty:PhaseChange,
E1 - 3 / 4 IN PLASTER OR GYP BOARD, !- Name
0.0, !- Temperature coefficient,thermal conductivity(W/m K2)
-20., !- Temperature 1, C
0.01, !- Enthalpy 1 at –20C, (J/kg)
20., !- Temperature 2, C
33400, !- Enthalpy 2, (J/kg)
20.5, !- temperature 3, C
70000, !- Enthalpy 3, (J/kg)
100., !- Temperature 4, C
137000; !- Enthalpy 4, (J/kg)
This object is used to describe an advanced level of
physics belonging to phase change materials used in building
envelopes. The base phase change input object describes a
single process curve whereby a material moves from a
crystallized to liquid state and back. This input object adds
a hysteresis effect, allowing the melting/freezing process to
follow different curves, representing an effect that is
commonly seen in actual building envelope phase change
material applications.
This object also allows users to enter characteristic
properties of the processes instead of a detailed
temperature/enthalpy curve, making it more amenable for
studies in which the user does not have the detailed test data
required to generate the temperature/enthalpy curve. For more
information on the use of phase change materials (PCM) with
hysteresis, see the Conduction Finite Difference Solution
Algorithm section of the EnergyPlus Engineering Reference
document.
The MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
object includes the following inputs. For the characteristic
curve properties, see the engineering reference.
This input must match the name of a material defined
elsewhere within EnergyPlus. The thermal properties of that
material are then overridden by the properties defined in this
object.
Field:
Latent Heat during the Entire Phase Change Process[LINK]
This is the total amount of latent heat absorbed or
discharged during the transition from solid to liquid or back,
in Joules. The shapes of the enthalpy curves differ based on
direction, but the total amount of energy from one state to
the other does not.
This is the constant specific heat while the material is
fully liquid, in J/kg-K.
Field:
High Temperature Difference of Melting Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat melting
curve, on the high side of the peak melting temperature, in
degree Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
This is the center (peak) of the melting curve, in
Celsius.
Field:
Low Temperature Difference of Melting Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat melting
curve, on the low side of the peak melting temperature, in
Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
This is the constant specific heat while the material is
fully crystallized, in J/kg-K.
Field:
High Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat freezing
curve, on the high side of the peak freezing temperature, in
Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
This is the center (peak) of the freezing curve, in
Celsius. This will generally be lower than the peak melting
temperature based on empirical data. Note, however, that
EnergyPlus does allow users to specify a peak freezing
temperature that is higher than the peak melting
temperature.
Field:
Low Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat freezing
curve, on the low side of the peak freezing temperature, in
Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
An IDF example using hysteresis in conjunction with an
actual Material
definition is shown below. This example includes the
specification of the Heat Balance Algorithm and Timestep
to show appropriate values for these inputs when MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
is used. Heat Balance Algorithm and Timestep
are only specified once in a particular idf file. Note that
when using ConductionFiniteDifference, it is more efficient to
set the zone timestep shorter than those used for the
ConductionTransferFunction solution algorithm. It should be
set to 12 timesteps per hour or greater and can range up to
60.
HeatBalanceAlgorithm, ConductionFiniteDifference;
Timestep, 12;
Material,
E1 - 3 / 4 IN PLASTER OR GYP BOARD, !- Name
Smooth, !- Roughness
1.9050000E-02, !- Thickness {m}
0.7264224, !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
1601.846, !- Density {kg/m3}
836.8000, !- Specific Heat {J/kg-K}
0.9000000, !- Thermal Absorptance
0.9200000, !- Solar Absorptance
0.9200000; !- Visible Absorptance
MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis,
E1 - 3 / 4 IN PLASTER OR GYP BOARD, !- Name
10000, !- Latent Heat of Fusion {J/kg}
0.5, !- Liquid State Thermal Conductivity {W/m-K}
1500, !- Liquid State Density {kg/m3}
2000, !- Liquid State Specific Heat {J/kg-K}
1, !- High Temperature Difference of Melting Curve {deltaC}
23, !- Peak Melting Temperature {C}
1, !- Low Temperature Difference of Melting Curve {deltaC}
0.5, !- Solid State Thermal Conductivity {W/m-K}
1600, !- Solid State Density {kg/m3}
2000, !- Solid State Specific Heat {J/kg-K}
1, !- High Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve {deltaC}
20, !- Peak Freezing Temperature {C}
1; !- Low Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve {deltaC}
The MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
object also includes the following outputs. The Conduction
Finite Difference solution algorithm uses a finite difference
solution technique where the surfaces are divided into a nodal
arrangement. These outputs are specific to Conduction Finite
Difference solution.
The following output variables are applicable to all opaque
heat transfer surfaces when using Solution Algorithms
ConductionFiniteDifference. Note that the “X” in the list and
descriptions below must be replaced by a number that indicates
the node at which the variables are being reported. So, for
example, to report the surface temperature for node 7, one
would use “CondFD Surface Temperature Node 7”.
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change State <X>
[]
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Previous State
<X> []
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Node Temperature
<X> [C]
This outputs the previous phase classification for the
node. The values for this output are the same as for the
output CondFD Phase Change State above.
CondFD Phase
Change Node Temperature <X> [C][LINK]
This will output temperatures for a node in the surfaces
being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The nodes are
numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full
listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is specific
to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference solution
technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
object in the input file. The units for this output field are
degrees Celsius.
This will output the conductivity for a node in the
surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The
nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The
full listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is
specific to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference
solution technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
object in the input file. The units for this output field are
W/m-K.
CondFD
Phase Change Node Specific Heat <X> [J/kg-K][LINK]
This will output the specific heat for a node in the
surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The
nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The
full listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is
specific to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference
solution technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
object in the input file. The units for this output field are
J/kg-K.
This object is used to describe the temperature dependent
material properties that are used in the CondFD (Conduction
Finite Difference) solution algorithm. This conduction model
is used when the appropriate CondFD materials are specified
and the Solution Algorithm parameter is set to condFD.
This field is a regular material name specifying the
material with which this additional temperature dependent
property information will be associated.
The temperature – conductivity set of inputs specify a two
column tabular temperature-thermal conductivity function for
the basic material. Ten pairs can be specified. Specify only
the number of pairs necessary. Temperature values should be
strictly increasing.
This field specifies the conductivity that corresponds to
the temperature (previous field) of the
temperature-conductivity function. Units are W/m-K.
And, an IDF example showing how it is used in conjunction
with the Materials:
Note, the following Heat Balance Algorithm is necessary
(only specified once). Also, when using Conduction Finite
Difference, it is more efficient to set the zone time step
shorter than those used for the Conduction Transfer Function
solution algorithm. It should be set to 12 time steps per hour
or greater, and can range up to 60.
HeatBalanceAlgorithm,
ConductionFiniteDifference;
Timestep,
12;
Material,
PCMPlasterBoard , !- Name
Smooth, !- Roughness
1.9050000E-02, !- Thickness {m}
4.2, !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
1601.846, !- Density {kg/m3}
836.8000, !- Specific Heat {J/kg-K}
0.9000000, !- Thermal Absorptance
0.9200000, !- Solar Absorptance
0.9200000; !- Visible Absorptance
MaterialProperty:VariableThermalConductivity,
PCMPlasterBoard, !- Name
0, !- Temperature 1 {C}
4.2, !- Thermal Conductivity 1 {W/m-K}
22, !- Temperature 2 {C}
4.2, !- Thermal Conductivity 2 {W/m-K}
22.1, !- Temperature 3 {C}
2.5, !- Thermal Conductivity 3 {W/m-K}
100, !- Temperature 4 {C}
2.5; !- Thermal Conductivity 4 {W/m-K}
The Conduction Finite Difference solution algorithm uses a
finite difference solution technique where the surfaces are
divided into a nodal arrangement. These outputs are specific
to Conduction Finite Difference solution.
The following output variables are applicable to all opaque
heat transfer surfaces when using Solution Algorithms
ConductionFiniteDifference. Note that the “X” in the list and
descriptions below must be replaced by a number that indicates
the Node at which the variables are being reported. So, for
example, to report the surface temperature for node 7, one
would use “CondFD Surface Temperature Node 7”.
This will output temperatures for a node in the surfaces
being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The key
values for this output variable are the surface name. The
nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The
full listing will appear in the RDD file.
This will output heat flux at each node in surfaces being
simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The key values for
this output variable are the surface name. The nodes are
numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full
listing will appear in the RDD file. A positive value
indicates heat flowing towards the inside face of the surface.
Note that this matches the sign convention for Surface Inside
Face Conduction Heat Transfer Rate per Area and is opposite
the sign of Surface Outside Face Conduction Heat Transfer Rate
per Area.
These will output the half-node heat capacitance in
surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The
key values for this output variable are the surface name. The
nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The
full listing will appear in the RDD file. For this output, the
heat capacitance is defined as the product of specific heat,
density, and node thickness. Zero is reported for R-layer
half-nodes and for undefined half-nodes. There is no outer
half-node for Node 1 which is the outside face of the surface,
and there is no inner half-node for Node N which is the inside
face of the surface. CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance is only
available when the user includes a Output:Diagnostics,
DisplayAdvancedReportVariables designation in the input
file.
This object is used to describe a dynamic coating material
applied on the outside of opaque exterior walls or roofs. The
object will modify the thermal or solar absorptance of the
outside surface of an existing material defined in the field
“Reference Material
Name”. The variation of the thermal or solar absorptance of
the coating can be driven by any of the following four control
variables: surface temperature, surface received solar
radiation, zone heating/cooling mode, or a schedule. If both
the thermal and the solar absorptance are varying, the control
signals are assumed to be the same, but different
functions/schedules are allowed. The material can have a
variable thermal absorptance and a constant solar absorptance,
or a constant thermal absorptance and a variable solar
absorptance. Note that the variable-absorptance coatings
modeled with this object are not exactly equivalent to those
modeled with EMS. This object only adjusts the thermal or
solar absorptance of the exterior surfaces, while the EMS
approach overwrites the absorptance of both the interior and
exterior surfaces.
It can be one of the following: surface temperature,
surface received solar radiation, zone heating/cooling mode,
or a schedule. If the control signal is “Scheduled”, then a
schedule needs to be specified in “Thermal Absorptance
Schedule Name” or “Solar Absorptance Schedule Name”. The
schedule value will override the material absorptance value.
If the control signal is not “Scheduled”, then the control
signal value at the target surface or zone will decide the
absorptance, based on the function referenced in “Thermal
Absorptance Function Name” or “Solar Absorptance Function
Name”. If not specified, the control signal will assumed to be
surface temperature.
The name of a Schedule object that overwrites the material
thermal absorptance. If neither this field or the previous
field are defined, then the thermal absorptance is assumed to
be constant
The name of a Schedule object that overwrites the material
solar absorptance. If neither this field or the previous field
are defined, then the solar absorptance is assumed to be
constant
Advanced/Research Usage: This object is
used to describe two of the seven additional material
properties needed for the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement
heat balance solution algorithm. The settings object is used
when the solutions algorithm is set to
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement and the appropriate
material properties are assigned to each material. This
permits the simulation of the moisture dependent thermal
properties of the material as well as the transfer of moisture
through, into and out of the material into the zone or
exterior.
In addition to the Porosity and Initial Water content
properties described here, five additional properties,
described by tabulated relationships between variables, are
required. These properties are;
Advanced/Research Usage: This material
property is used in conjunction with the
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution
algorithm.
The Isotherm data relates the moisture, or water content
[kg/m3] of a material with the relative humidity (RH). The
water content is expected to increase as relative humidity
increases, starting at zero content at 0.0 relative humidity
fraction and reaching a maximum, defined by the porosity, at
1.0 relative humidity fraction, which corresponds to 100%
relative humidity. Relative humidities are entered as fraction
for this object ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. These two extremes
(0.0 and 1.0) are automatically set by the HAMT solution.
However, if they are entered they will be used as extra data
points. Data should be provided with increasing RH and
moisture content up to as high an RH as possible to provide a
stable solution. One possible reason for the following error
message may be that a material has a very rapid increase in
water content for a small change in RH, which can happen if
the last entered water content point is at a low RH and the
material has a very high porosity.
** Warning ** HeatAndMoistureTransfer: Large Latent Heat for Surface ROOF
Another potential reason for this error being generated is
the use of inappropriate values for Vapor Transfer
Coefficients. See the SurfaceProperties:VaporCoefficients
object in the Advanced Surface Concepts group.
Advanced/Research Usage:This material
property is used in conjunction with the
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution
algorithm.
The suction data relates the liquid transport coefficient,
under suction, to the water content of a material. A data
point at zero water content is required. The liquid transport
coefficient at the highest entered water content value is used
for all liquid transport coefficient values above this water
content. These coefficients are used by HAMT when the rain
flag is set in the weather file.
Advanced/Research Usage:This material
property is used in conjunction with the
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution
algorithm.
The redistribution data relates the liquid transport
coefficient to the water content of a material under normal
conditions. A data point at zero water content is required.
The liquid transport coefficient at the highest entered water
content value is used for all liquid transport coefficient
values above this water content. These coefficients are used
by the Heat and Moisture Transfer algorithm when the rain flag
is NOT set in the weather file.
Advanced/Research Usage:This material
property is used in conjunction with the
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution
algorithm.
The MU data relates the vapor diffusion resistance factor
(dimensionless) to the relative humidity as fraction(RH). A
data point at zero RH is required. The vapor diffusion
resistance factor at the highest entered relative humidity
(RH) value is used for all vapor diffusion resistance factor
values above this RH. The relative humidity maximum value in
fraction is 1.0.
Advanced/Research Usage:This material
property is used in conjunction with the
CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution
algorithm.
The thermal data relates the thermal conductivity [W/m-K]
of a material to the moisture or water content [kg/m3]. A data
point at zero water content is required. The thermal
conductivity at the highest entered water content value is
used for all thermal conductivity values above this water
content. If this object is not defined for a material then the
algorithm will use a constant value entered in the Material
object for all water contents.
Detailed profile data for the variables Temperature [C],
Relative Humidity [%] and Water Content [kg/kg] within each
surface can also be reported. To calculate the heat and
moisture transfer through surfaces HAMT splits up surfaces
into discrete cells. Each cell is composed of a single
material and has a position within the surface. HAMT
automatically assigns cells to construction objects so that
there are more cells closer to boundaries between materials
and also at the “surfaces” of the surface. It is not possible
for users to define their own cells.
Each surface is made from a particular construction. The
construction-surface relationship is output by HAMT to the
eplusout.eio file with the following format. The output also
contains the HAMT cell origins and cell number for each
surface combination. The coordinate system origin is defined
as the exterior surface of the construction.
Users can select any one of the Temperature, Relative
Humidity or Water Content variables for any cell to be
reported, using the following naming scheme for the output
variable.
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Temperature Cell N
[C]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Water Content Cell N
[kg/kg]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Relative Humidity Cell N
[%]
All the materials for glass windows and doors have the
prefix “WindowMaterial”. The following WindowMaterial
descriptions (Glazing, Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod,
Gas, GasMixture, Shade, Screen and Blind) apply to glass
windows and doors. The property definitions described herein
for Glazing, Gas and GasMixture are supported by the National
Fenestration Rating Council as standard.
“Front side” is the side of the layer opposite the zone in
which the window is defined. “Back side” is the side closest
to the zone in which the window is defined. Therefore, for
exterior windows, “front side” is the side closest to the
outdoors. For interior windows, “front side” is the side
closest to the zone adjacent to the zone in which the window
is defined.
The solar radiation transmitted by the window layers enters
the zone and is a component of the zone load. The solar
radiation absorbed in each solid layer (glass, shade, screen
or blind) participates in the window layer heat balance
calculation. The visible transmittance and reflectance
properties of the window are used in the daylighting
calculation.
In the following, for exterior windows, “front side” is the
side of the glass closest to the outside air and “back side”
is the side closest to the zone the window is defined in. For
interzone windows, “front side” is the side closest to the
zone adjacent to the zone the window is defined in and “back
side” is the side closest to the zone the window is defined
in.
Valid values for this field are SpectralAverage, Spectral,
SpectralAndAngle, and BSDF.
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage, the values you
enter for solar transmittance and reflectance are assumed to
be averaged over the solar spectrum, and the values you enter
for visible transmittance and reflectance are assumed to be
averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response
of the human eye. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set
for WindowMaterial:Glazing
that contains spectral average properties for many different
types of glass.
If Optical Data Type = Spectral, then, in the following
field, you must enter the name of a spectral data set defined
with the WindowGlassSpectralData object. In this case, the
values of solar and visible transmittance and reflectance in
the fields below should be blank.
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, then, in the last
3 fields, you must enter the name of a spectral and angle data
set defined with a curve or table object with two independent
variables. In this case, the Window
Glass Spectral Data Set Name should be blank, and the values
of solar and visible transmittance and reflectance in the
fields below should be blank.
If Optical Data Type = BSDF, the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
object must be used to define the window construction layers.
In this case, the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
object contains references to the BSDF files which contain the
optical properties of the Complex Fenestration layers.
The surface-to-surface thickness of the glass (m).
Field:
Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the solar
spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage.
For uncoated glass, when alternative optical properties are
available—such as thickness, solar index of refraction, and
solar extinction coefficient—they can be converted to
equivalent solar transmittance and reflectance values using
the equations given in “Glass Optical Properties
Conversion.”
Field:
Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Front-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over
the solar spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage.
Field:
Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Back-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the
solar spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage.
Field:
Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the solar
spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Used
only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
For uncoated glass, when alternative optical properties are
available—such as thickness, visible index of refraction, and
visible extinction coefficient—they can be converted to
equivalent visible transmittance and reflectance values using
the equations given in “Glass Optical Properties
Conversion.”
Field:
Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Front-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over
the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human
eye. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field:
Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Back-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the
solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye.
Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field:
Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Long-wave transmittance at normal incidence.
Field:
Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Front-side long-wave emissivity.
Field:
Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Field:
Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible
Transmittance[LINK]
This is a factor that corrects for the presence of dirt on
the glass. The program multiplies the fields “Solar
Transmittance at Normal Incidence” and “Visible Transmittance
at Normal Incidence” by this factor if the material is used as
the outer glass layer of an exterior window or
glass door.1 If the material is used as
an inner glass layer (in double glazing, for example), the
dirt correction factor is not applied because inner glass
layers are assumed to be clean. Using a material with dirt
correction factor < 1.0 in the construction for an interior
window will result in an error message.
Representative values of the dirt correction factor are
shown in Table 1.
Dirt Correction Factors
Type of Location
Angle of Glazing
(r)2-4
Vertical
45\(^{o}\)
Horizontal
Non-industrial
0.9
0.8
0.7
Industrial
0.7
0.6
0.5
Very Dirty
0.6
0.5
0.4
From Appendix A, “Daylighting in
Sports Halls, Report 2,” SportScotland, Nov. 2002
(www.sportscotland.org.uk)
The default value of the dirt correction factor is 1.0,
which means the glass is clean.
It is assumed that dirt, if present, has no effect on the
IR properties of the glass.
Takes values No (the default) and Yes. If No, the glass is
transparent and beam solar radiation incident on the
glass is transmitted as beam radiation with no diffuse
component. If Yes, the glass is translucent and beam
solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as
hemispherically diffuse radiation with no beam component.2 See Figure 2.
Solar Diffusing = Yes should only be used on the
innermost pane of glass in an exterior window; it
does not apply to interior windows.
For both Solar Diffusing = No and Yes, beam is reflected as
beam with no diffuse component (see Figure 2).
Solar Diffusing cannot be used with Window
Shading Control devices (except Switchable Glazing). When
attempted, the window property will be set to No for Solar
Diffusing. The Surface Details report will reflect the
override.
If, in the Building
object, Solar Distribution = FullInteriorAndExterior, use of
Solar Diffusing = Yes for glass in an exterior window will
change the distribution of interior solar radiation from the
window. The result is that beam solar radiation that would be
transmitted by a transparent window and get absorbed by
particular interior surfaces will be diffused by a translucent
window and be spread over more interior surfaces. This can
change the time dependence of heating and cooling loads in the
zone.
In a zone with Daylighting:Detailed, translucent
glazing—which is often used in skylights—will provide a more
uniform daylight illuminance over the zone and will avoid
patches of sunlight on the floor.
Comparison between
transmittance properties of transparent glass (Solar Diffusing
= No) and translucent glass (Solar Diffusing = Yes). [fig:comparison-between-transmittance-properties]
A measure of the stiffness of an elastic material. It is
defined as the ratio of the uniaxial stress over the uniaxial
strain in the range of stress in which Hooke’s Law holds. It
is used only with complex fenestration systems defined through
the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
object. The default value for glass is 7.2\(\times\)10\(^{10}\) Pa.
The ratio, when a sample object is stretched, of the
contraction or transverse strain (perpendicular to the applied
load), to the extension or axial strain (in the direction of
the applied load). This value is used only with complex
fenestration systems defined through the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
object. The default value for glass is 0.22.
Field:
Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Transmittance Data
Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name
of a spectral and angle data set of transmittance defined with
a curve or table object with two independent variables. The
first and second independent variables must be Angle, and
Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal
dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each
incident angle internally.
Field:
Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Front Reflectance
Data Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name
of a spectral and angle data set of front reflectance defined
with a curve or table object with two independent variables.
The first and second independent variables must be Angle, and
Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal
dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each
incident angle internally.
Field:
Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Back Reflectance Data
Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name
of a spectral and angle data set of back reflectance defined
with a curve or table object with two independent variables.
The first and second independent variables must be Angle, and
Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal
dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each
incident angle internally.
It should be pointed out that when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAndAngle for a glass layer in a construction, the
table input data are converted into polynomial curve fits with
6 coefficients, so that all outputs of optical properties for
the same construction will be curve values for a given
incident angle. Therefore, the values may be slightly
different from input values.
IDF examples of Spectral average and using a Spectral data
set:
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
CLEAR 3MM, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.003, !- Thickness {m}
0.837, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.075, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.075, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.898, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.081, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.081, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.84, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.84, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9; !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
SPECTRAL GLASS INNER PANE, ! Material name
Spectral, ! Optical data type {SpectralAverage or Spectral}
TestSpectralDataSet, ! Name of spectral data set
0.0099, ! Thickness {m}
, ! Solar transmittance at normal incidence
, ! Solar reflectance at normal incidence: front side
, ! Solar reflectance at normal incidence: back side
, ! Visible transmittance at normal incidence
, ! Visible reflectance at normal incidence: front side
, ! Visible reflectance at normal incidence: back side
0.0, ! IR transmittance at normal incidence
0.84, ! IR emissivity: front side
0.84, ! IR emissivity: back side
0.798; ! Conductivity {W/m-K}
IDF example using a SpectralAndAngle data set:
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
SPECTRAL AND ANGLE GLASS INNER PANE, ! Material name
SpectralAndAngle, ! Optical data type {SpectralAverage or Spectral}
, !- Name of spectral data set
0.0099, ! Thickness {m}
, !- Solar transmittance at normal incidence
, !- Solar reflectance at normal incidence: front side
, !- Solar reflectance at normal incidence: back side
, !- Visible transmittance at normal incidence
, !- Visible reflectance at normal incidence: front side
, !- Visible reflectance at normal incidence: back side
0.0, !- IR transmittance at normal incidence
0.84, !- IR emissivity: front side
0.84, !- IR emissivity: back side
0.798, !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
, !- Solar Diffusing
, !- Young's modulus
, !- Poisson's ratio
TranmittanceDataSet, !- Window Glass Spectral+Incident Angle Transmittance Data Set Table Name
FrontReflectanceDataSet, !- Window Glass Spectral+Incident Angle Front Reflectance Data Set Table Name
BackReflectanceDataSet; !- Window Glass Spectral+Incident Angle Back Reflectance Data Set Table Name
IDF example of Spectral Data Type = BSDF
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
Glass_5012_Layer, !- Layer name : CLEAR_6.PPG
BSDF, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Spectral Data name
0.005664, !- Thickness
, !- Solar Transmittance
, !- Solar Front Reflectance
, !- Solar Back Reflectance
, !- Visible Transmittance
, !- Visible Front Reflectance
, !- Visible Back reflectance
0.000000, !- IR Transmittance
0.840000, !-Front Emissivity
0.840000, !-Back Emissivity
1.000000, !-Conductivity
, !-Dirt Correction Factor for Sol/Vis Transmittance
, !-Solar Diffusing
7.2e10, !-Young’s modulus
0.22; !-Poisson’s ratio
Field:
Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible
Transmittance[LINK]
This is a factor that corrects for the presence of dirt on
the glass. It multiplies the solar and visible transmittance
at normal Incidence (which the program calculates from the
input values of thickness, solar index of refraction, solar
extinction coefficient, etc.) if the material is used as the
outer glass layer of an exterior window or glass
door. If the material is used as an inner glass layer (in
double glazing, for example), the dirt correction factor is
not applied because inner glass layers are assumed to be
clean. Using a material with dirt correction factor < 1.0
in the construction for an interior window will result in an
error message.
Representative values of the direct correction factor are
shown in Table 1.
The default value of the dirt correction factor is 1.0,
which means the glass is clean. It is assumed that dirt, if
present, has no effect on the IR properties of the glass.
Takes values No (the default) and Yes. If No, the glass is
transparent. If Yes, the glass is translucent and beam solar
radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as
hemispherically diffuse radiation with no beam component.
(EnergyPlus does not model the “partially translucent” case in
which beam solar radiation incident on the glass is
transmitted as a combination of beam and diffuse.) Solar
Diffusing = Yes should only be used on the innermost pane of
glass in an exterior window; it does not apply to interior
windows.
If, in the Building
object, Solar Distribution = FullInteriorAndExterior, use of
Solar Diffusing = Yes for glass in an exterior window will
change the distribution of interior solar radiation from the
window. The result is that beam solar radiation that would be
transmitted by a transparent window and get absorbed by
particular interior surfaces will be diffused by a translucent
window and be spread over more interior surfaces. This can
change the time dependence of heating and cooling loads in the
zone.
In a zone with Daylighting:Detailed, translucent glazing,
which is often used in skylights, will provide a more uniform
daylight illuminance over the zone and will avoid patches of
sunlight on the floor.
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod,
4MM CLEAR GLASS, !- Material name
0.004, !- Thickness {m}
1.526, !- Solar index of refraction
30.0 , !- Solar extinction coefficient (1/m)
1.526, !- Visible index of refraction
30.0 , !- Visible extinction coefficient (1/m)
0.0, !- IR transmittance at normal incidence
0.84, !- IR emissivity
0.9; !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
Conversion
from Glass Optical Properties Specified as Index of Refraction
and Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
The optical properties of uncoated glass are sometimes
specified by index of refraction, \(n\), and transmittance at normal
incidence, \(T\).
The following equations show how to convert from this set
of values to the transmittance and reflectance values required
by WindowMaterial:Glazing.
These equations apply only to uncoated glass, and can
be used to convert either spectral-average solar properties or
spectral-average visible properties (in general, \(n\) and \(T\) are different for the solar
and visible). Note that since the glass is uncoated, the front
and back reflectances are the same and equal to the \(R\) that is solved for in the
following equations.
Thermochromic (TC) materials have active, reversible
optical properties that vary with temperature. Thermochromic
windows are adaptive window systems for incorporation into
building envelopes. Thermochromic windows respond by absorbing
sunlight and turning the sunlight energy into heat. As the
thermochromic film warms it changes its light transmission
level from less absorbing to more absorbing. The more sunlight
it absorbs the lower the light level going through it. By
using the suns own energy the window adapts based solely on
the directness and amount of sunlight. Thermochromic materials
will normally reduce optical transparency by absorption and/or
reflection, and are specular (maintaining vision).
This object specifies a layer of thermochromic glass, part
of a thermochromic window. An example file
ThermochromicWindow.idf is included in the EnergyPlus
installation.
The window glazing (defined with WindowMaterial:Glazing)
name that provides the TC glass layer performance at the above
specified temperature.
IDF Examples
Construction,
window_const, !- Name
Usual Glass, !- Layer 1
AIR 6MM, !- Layer 2
TCGlazings, !- Layer 3
AIR 6MM, !- Layer 4
Usual Glass; !- Layer 5
WindowMaterial:Gas,
AIR 6MM, !- Name
Air, !- Gas Type
0.0063; !- Thickness {m}
! Added for thermochromic glazings
WindowMaterial:GlazingGroup:Thermochromic,
TCGlazings,
0 , TCGlazing0,
20, TCGlazing20,
25, TCGlazing25,
30, TCGlazing30,
35, TCGlazing35,
40, TCGlazing40,
45, TCGlazing45,
50, TCGlazing50,
55, TCGlazing55,
60, TCGlazing60,
65, TCGlazing65,
75, TCGlazing75,
85, TCGlazing85;
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing0, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing20, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing25, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing30, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing35, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing40, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing45, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing50, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing55, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing60, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing65, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing75, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
WindowMaterial:Glazing,
TCGlazing85, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.0030, !- Thickness
0.2442, !- Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.7058, !- Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.3192, !- Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.6308, !- Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence
0.0000, !- Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence
0.9000, !- Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.9000, !- Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity
0.0199, !- Conductivity
1.0000, !- Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance
No; !- Solar Diffusing
Surface
Window Thermochromic Layer Temperature [C][LINK]
The temperature of the TC glass layer of a TC window at
each time step.
Surface
Window Thermochromic Layer Property Specification Temperature
[C][LINK]
The temperature under which the optical data of the TC
glass layer are specified.
The overall properties (U-factor/SHGC/VT) of the
thermochromic windows at different specification temperatures
are reported in the EIO file. These window constructions are
created by EnergyPlus during run time. They have similar names
with suffix “_TC_XX” where XX represents a specification
temperature.
This object specifies the properties of the gas between the
panes of a multi-pane window. Gas Type = Custom allows you to
specify the properties of gases other than air, Argon, Krypton
or Xenon. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for
Material:WindowGas that contains several types of gas of
different thicknesses. See Material:WindowGasMixture for the
case that the gas fill is a mixture of different gases.
The type of gas. The choices are Air, Argon, Krypton, or
Xenon. If Gas Type = Custom you can use Conductivity
Coefficient A, etc. to specify the properties of a different
type of gas.
The following entries are used only if Gas Type = Custom.
The A and B coefficients are those in the following expression
that gives a property value as a function of temperature in
degrees K:
The molecular weight for gas. The molecular weight is the
mass of 1 mol of the substance. This has a numerical value
which is the average molecular mass of the molecules in the
substance multiplied by Avogadro’s constant. (kg/kmol) (Shown
in the IDD as g/mol for consistency)
The specific heat ratio for gas. The specific heat ratio
of a gas is the ratio of the specific heat at contant
pressure, to the specific heat at constant volume. Used only
if Gas Type = Custom.
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:Gas,AIRGAP,
AIR, ! Gas type (Air - Argon - Krypton - Xenon - Custom)]
0.0125; ! Thickness {m} 1/2 inch
An IDF example to be used with a WindowMaterial:Gap
definition (see below)
WindowMaterial:Gas,
Gas_1_W_0_0100, !- gap name - Air
Air, !- type
0.0100; !- thickness
An IDF example for a Custom Gas
WindowMaterial:Gas,
Gas_16_W_0_0003, !- gap name
Custom, !- type
0.0003, !- thickness
2.873000e-003, !- Conductivity Coefficient A
7.760000e-005, !- Conductivity Coefficient B
0.000000e+000, !- Conductivity Coefficient C
3.723000e-006, !- Conductivity Viscosity A
4.940000e-008, !- Conductivity Viscosity B
0.000000e+000, !- Conductivity Viscosity C
1002.737000, !- Specific Heat Coefficient A
0.012324, !- Specific Heat Coefficient B
0.000000, !- Specific Heat Coefficient C
28.969999, !- Molecular Weight
1.400000; !- Specific Heat Ratio
This object allows you to specify the fill between the
panes of a multi-pane window to be a mixture of two, three or
four different gases chosen from air, argon, krypton and
xenon. It can also be used if only one type of gas in the
fill. In this case you can also use WindowMaterial:Gas.
Note that the fractions of gas types in the mixture should add
up to 1.0.
WindowMaterial:GasMixture,ArgonKryptonMix,
0.0125, ! Thickness {m} 1/2 inch
2, ! Number of Gases in Mixture
Argon, ! Gas 1 Type
0.6, ! Gas 1 Fraction
Krypton, ! Gas 2 Type
0.4; ! Gas 2 Fraction
The pressure (Pa) of the gas in the gap layer, used to
calculate the gas properties of the glazing system gap. The
default value is one standard atmospheric pressure (101,325
Pa). When modeling vacuum glazing, this value should represent
the pressure in the evacuated glazing system. If this pressure
is less that the ThermalModelParams:PressureLimit value, the
the glazing system will be modeled as a vacuum glazing.
This field is used when modeling the deflection of the
glass layers in a window if the WindowThermalModel:Params
value for “deflection model” is “MeasuredDeflection”.
References the support pillar of the gap layer if vacuum
glazing is being modeled. If left empty, then it is
considered that gap layer does not have support pillars.
References gas (WindowMaterial:Gas) or gas mixture
(WindowMaterial:GasMixture) of the gap layer.
An IDF example for simple glazing:
WindowMaterial:Gas,
Gas_1_W_0_0120, !- gap name - Air
Air, !- type
0.0120; !- thickness
WindowMaterial:Gap,
Gap_1_Layer, !- gap name: Air
0.0120, !- thickness
Gas_1_W_0_0120, !- Gas (or Gas Mixture) name
101325.0000; !- pressure
An IDF example for vacuum glazing:
WindowMaterial:Gap,
Gap_16_Layer, !- gap name: Vacuum_0.001_pr-0.5_ps-50.8
0.0003, !- thicknessGas_16_W_0_0003, !- Gas (or Gas Mixture) name
0.1333, !- pressure
, !- deflection state
SupportPillar_16_Gap_1; !- SupportPillar
WindowGap:SupportPillar,
SupportPillar_16_Gap_1, !- Name
0.0508, !- spacing
0.0005; !- radius
This input object is used to enter data describing
deflection state of the gap. It is referenced from WindowMaterial:Gap
object only and it is used only when deflection model is set
to MeasuredDeflection (see WindowThermalModel:Params),
otherwise it is ignored.
The thickness (m) of the gap in deflected state. It
represents value of deflection at point of maximum which is
usually at the center point of glazing system. It is used
only with tarcog algorithm set to Measured Deflection
(WindowThermalModel:Params), otherwise this field will be
ignored.
WindowMaterial:Gap,
Gap_1_Layer, !- gap name: Air
0.0120, !- thickness
Gas_1_W_0_0120, !- Gas (or Gas Mixture) name
101325.0000, !- pressure
Gap_1_Deflection; !- deflection state
WindowGap:DeflectionState, !- deflection state of gap
Gap_1_Deflection, !- name
0.011; !- gap thickness in deflected state
This input object is used to enter data describing support
pillar of the gap. Support pillars are used in vacuum glazing
in order to prevent deflection of glass layers.
This input object differs from the other WindowMaterial
objects in that it describes an entire glazing system rather
than individual layers. This object is used when only very
limited information is available on the glazing layers or when
specific performance levels are being targeted. The layer by
layer description offers superior method of modeling windows
that should be used instead of this object when sufficient
data are available. This object accesses a model that turns
simple performance indices into a fuller model of the glazing
system.
The performance indices are U-factor and Solar Heat Gain
Coefficient, and optionally Visible Transmittance. The values
for these performance indices can be selected by the user to
represent either glazing-only windows (with no frame) or an
average window performance that includes the frame. Inside the
program the model produces an equivalent window glazing layer
with no frame. The properties of the modeled glazing layer are
reported to the EIO file using the IDF input object syntax for
the WindowMaterial:Glazing
input object. This equivalent layer could be reused in
subsequent models if desired, however there will be important
differences in the modeled window performance because the
simple glazing system model includes its own special model for
angular dependence when incident beam solar is not normal to
the plane of the window.
When this object is referenced in a Construction
object, it cannot be used with other glazing or gas material
layers. Shades or blinds cannot be located between the glass,
but these can be used on the inside or the outside of the
glazing system. If the glazing system does have
between-the-glass shades or blinds, then the U and SHGC values
entered in this object should include the impacts of those
layers. Adding window treatment layers such as shades or
screens will alter the overall performance to be different
than the performance levels prescribed in this object.
This field describes the value for window system U-Factor,
or overall heat transfer coefficient. Units are in W/m\(^{2}\)-K. This is the rated
(NFRC) value for U-factor under winter heating conditions. The
U-factor is assumed to be for vertically mounted products.
In versions up till 9.6.0, the maximum allowable input is
U-7.0 W/m\(^{2}\)-K, and the
effective upper limit of the glazing generated by the
underlying model is around U-5.8 W/m\(^{2}\)-K. In later versions, such
upper bound of the input U value is removed. So is the
mismatch between the user input U and the effective U is
resolved.
This field describes the value for SHGC, or solar heat gain
coefficient. There are no units. This is the rated (NFRC)
value for SHGC under summer cooling conditions and represents
SHGC for normal incidence and vertical orientation.
This field is optional. If it is omitted, then the visible
transmittance properties are taken from the solar properties.
If it is included then the model includes it when developing
properties for the glazing system. This is the rated (NFRC)
value for visible transmittance at normal incidence.
An example of this object is as follows:
WindowMaterial:SimpleGlazingSystem,
SimpleWindow:DOUBLE PANE WINDOW , !- Name
2.716 , !- U-Factor
0.763 , !- Solar Heat Gain Coefficient
0.812 ; !- Visible Transmittance
This object specifies the properties of window shade
materials. Reflectance and emissivity properties are assumed
to be the same on both sides of the shade. Shades are
considered to be perfect diffusers (all transmitted and
reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse) with
transmittance and reflectance independent of angle of
incidence. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Shade
that contains properties of generic window shades.
Window
shades can be on the inside of the window (“interior shades”),
on the outside of the window (“exterior shades”), or between
glass layers (“between-glass shades”). When in place, the
shade is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the
window, including dividers; it does not cover any of the
window frame, if present. The plane of the shade is assumed to
be parallel to the glazing.
WindowMaterial:Shade
can be used for diffusing materials such as drapery and
translucent roller shades. For slat-type shading devices, like
Venetian blinds, that have a strong angular dependence of
transmission, absorption and reflection, it is better to use
WindowMaterial:Blind.WindowMaterial:Screen
should be used to model wire mesh insect screens where the
solar and visible transmission and reflection properties vary
with the angle of incidence of solar radiation.
Transmittance and reflectance values for drapery material
with different color and openness of weave can be obtained
from manufacturers or determined from 2001 ASHRAE
Fundamentals, Chapter 30, Fig. 31.
There are two methods of assigning a shade to a window:
4) Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) specify that this WindowMaterial:Shade
is the window’s shading device and (b) specify how the shade
is controlled.
5) Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded
construction and (b) specify how the shade is controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl
has to be used with either method, even if the shade is in
place at all times. You will get an error message if you try
to reference a shaded construction directly from FenestrationSurface:Detailed.
Reflectance averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted
by the response of the human eye. Assumed same on both side of
shade and independent of incidence angle.
Effective long-wave emissivity. Assumed same on both sides
of shade. We can approximate this effective emissivity, \(\varepsilon_{eff}\), as follows.
Let \(\eta\) be the
“openness” the shade, i.e., the ratio of the area of openings
in the shade to the overall shade area (see Field: Air-Flow
Permeability, below). Let the emissivity of the shade material
be \(\varepsilon\). Then
Effective long-wave transmittance. Assumed independent of
incidence angle. We can approximate this effective long-wave
transmittance, \(T_{\rm{eff}}\) as follows. Let
\(\eta\) be the “openness” of
the shade, i.e., the ratio of the area of openings in the
shade to the overall shade area. Let the long-wave
transmittance of the shade material be \(T\). Then
\[T_{\rm{eff}} \approx \eta + T
\left( 1 - \eta \right)\]
For most materials \(T\)
is very close to zero, which gives
Thickness of the shade material (m). If the shade is not
flat, such as for pleated pull-down shades or folded drapery,
the average thickness normal to the plane of the shade should
be used.
Distance from shade to adjacent glass (m). This is denoted
by s in Figure 4
and Figure 5,
below. If the shade is not flat, such as for pleated pull-down
shades or folded drapery, the average shade-to-glass distance
should be used. (The shade-to-glass distance is used in
calculating the natural convective air flow between glass and
shade produced by buoyancy effects.) Not used for
between-glass shades.
In the following, \(H\) is
the glazing height and \(W\)
is the glazing width.
The fraction of the shade surface that is open to air flow,
i.e., the total area of openings (“holes”) in the shade
surface divided by the shade area, HW. If air cannot
pass through the shade material, Air-Flow Permeability = 0.
For drapery fabric and screens the Air-Flow Permeability can
be taken as the “openness” of the fabric (see 2001 ASHRAE
Fundamentals, Chapter 30, Fig. 31), which is 0.0 to 0.07 for
closed weave, 0.07 to 0.25 for semi-open weave, and 0.25 and
higher for open weave.
Vertical section (a) and
perspective view (b) of glass and interior shade layers
showing variables used in the gap air flow analysis. In (b),
the air-flow opening areas \(A_{\rm{bot}}\), \(A_{\rm{top}}\), \(A_{l}\), \(A_{r}\) and \(A_{h}\) are shown schematically.
See Engineering Manual for definition of thermal
variables. [fig:vertical-section-a-and-perspective-view-b-of]Examples of air-flow openings
for an interior shade covering glass of height \(H\) and width \(W\). Not to scale. (a) Horizontal
section through shade with openings on the left and right
sides (top view). (b) Vertical section through shade with
openings at the top and bottom (side view). In (a) Left-Side
Opening Multiplier = \(A_{l}/sH =
min(l/s, 1)\) and Right-Side Opening Multiplier = \(A_{r}/sH = min(r/s, 1)\). In (b)
Top Opening Multiplier = \(A_{\rm{top}}/sW = t/s\) and
Bottom Opening Multiplier = \(A_{\rm{bot}}/sW = b/s\). [fig:examples-of-air-flow-openings-for-an-interior]
This object specifies the properties of a window blind
consisting of flat, equally-spaced slats. Unlike window
shades, which are modeled as perfect diffusers, window blinds
have solar and visible transmission and reflection properties
that strongly depend on slat angle and angle of incidence of
solar radiation. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for
WindowMaterial:Blind
that contains properties of generic window blinds.
Blinds can be located on the inside of the window
(“interior blinds”), on the outside of the window (“exterior
blinds”), or between two layers of glass (“between-glass
blinds”). When in place, the blind is assumed to cover all of
the glazed part of the window, including dividers; it does not
cover any of the window frame, if present. The plane of the
blind is assumed to be parallel to the glazing. When the blind
is retracted it is assumed to cover none of the window. The
solar and thermal effects of the blind’s support strings,
tapes or rods are ignored. Slat curvature, if present, is
ignored.
There are two methods of assigning a blind to a window:
4) Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) specify that this WindowMaterial:Blind
is the window’s shading device and (b) specify how the blind
is controlled.
Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded
construction and (b) specify how the blind is controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl
has to be used with either method, even if the blind is in
place at all times. You will get an error message if you try
to reference a construction with a blind directly from Window
objects (FenestrationSurface:Detailed or Window).
Note also that WindowShadingControl
is used to determine not only when the blind is in place, but
how its slat angle is controlled.
Name of the blind. It is referenced as a layer in a window
construction (ref: Construction
object) or as a “Material
Name of Shading Device” in a WindowShadingControl
object.
The choices are Horizontal and Vertical. “Horizontal” means
the slats are parallel to the bottom of the window; this is
the same as saying that the slats are parallel to the X-axis
of the window. “Vertical” means the slats are parallel to
Y-axis of the window.
The angle (degrees) between the glazing outward normal and
the slat outward normal, where the outward normal points away
from the front face of the slat (degrees). See Figure 6.
If the WindowShadingControl
for the blind has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds =
FixedSlatAngle, the slat angle is fixed at “Slat Angle.”
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = BlockBeamSolar,
the program automatically adjusts the slat angle so as just
block beam solar radiation. In this case the value of “Slat
Angle” is used only when the blind is in place and there is no
beam solar radiation incident on the blind.
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds =
ScheduledSlatAngle, the slat angle is variable. In this case
“Slat Angle” is not applicable and the field should be
blank.
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = FixedSlatAngle
and “Slat Angle” is less than the minimum or greater than the
maximum allowed by Slat Width, Slat Separation and Slat
Thickness, the slat angle will be reset to the corresponding
minimum or maximum and a warning will be issued.
The beam solar transmittance of the slat, assumed to be
independent of angle of incidence on the slat. Any transmitted
beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are
translucent).
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The beam solar reflectance of the front side of the slat,
assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte
finish). This means that slats with a large
specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well
modeled.
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The beam solar reflectance of the back side of the slat,
assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte
finish). This means that slats with a large
specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well
modeled.
The beam visible transmittance of the slat, assumed to be
independent of angle of incidence on the slat. Any transmitted
visible radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats
are translucent).
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The beam visible reflectance on the front side of the slat,
assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte
finish). This means that slats with a large
specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well
modeled.
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The beam visible reflectance on the front side of the slat,
assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte
finish). This means that slats with a large
specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well
modeled.
The slat Infrared transmittance. It is zero for solid
metallic, wooden or glass slats, but may be non-zero in some
cases (e.g., thin plastic slats).
Field:
Front Side Slat Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Front-side hemispherical emissivity of the slat.
Approximately 0.9 for most materials. The most common
exception is bare (unpainted) metal slats or slats finished
with a metallic paint.
Field:
Back Side Slat Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Back-side hemispherical emissivity of the slat.
Approximately 0.9 for most materials. The most common
exception is bare (unpainted) metal slats or slats finished
with a metallic paint.
For interior and exterior blinds, the distance from the
mid-plane of the blind to the adjacent glass (m). See
Figure 6.
Not used for between-glass blinds. As for window shades (ref:
WindowMaterial:Shade) this distance is used in calculating the
natural convective air flow between glass and blind that is
produced by buoyancy effects.
The following opening multipliers are defined in the same
way as for window shades (see WindowMaterial:Shade,
Figure 4
and Figure 5).
Note that, unlike window shades, there is no input for
Air-Flow Permeability; this is automatically calculated by the
program from slat angle, width and separation.
The minimum allowed slat angle (degrees). Used only if WindowShadingControl
(for the window that incorporates this blind) varies the slat
angle (i.e., the WindowShadingControl
has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = ScheduledSlatAngle
or BlockBeamSolar). In this case, if the program tries to
select a slat angle less than Minimum Slat Angle it will be
reset to Minimum Slat Angle. (Note that if the Minimum Slat
Angle itself is less than the minimum allowed by Slat Width,
Slat Separation and Slat Thickness, it will be reset to that
minimum.)
The maximum allowed slat angle (degrees). Used only if WindowShadingControl
(for the window that incorporates this blind) varies the slat
angle (i.e., the WindowShadingControl
has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = ScheduledSlatAngle
or BlockBeamSolar). In this case, if the program tries to
select a slat angle greater than Maximum Slat Angle the slat
angle will be reset to Maximum Slat Angle. (Note that if the
Maximum Slat Angle itself is greater than the maximum allowed
by Slat Width, Slat Separation and Slat Thickness, it will be
reset to that maximum.)
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:Blind,
White Painted Metal Blind, !- Name
HORIZONTAL, !- Slat orientation
0.025 , !- Slat width (m)
0.01875 , !- Slat separation (m)
0.001 , !- Slat thickness (m)
45.0 , !- Slat angle (deg)
44.9 , !- Slat conductivity (W/m-K)
0.0 , !- Slat beam solar transmittance
0.8 , !- Front Side Slat beam solar reflectance
0.8 , !- Back Side Slat beam solar reflectance
0.0 , !- Slat diffuse solar transmittance
0.8 , !- Front Side Slat diffuse solar reflectance
0.8 , !- Back Side Slat diffuse solar reflectance
0.0 , !- Slat beam visible transmittance
0.7 , !- Front Side Slat beam visible reflectance
0.7 , !- Back Side Slat beam visible reflectance
0.0 , !- Slat diffuse visible transmittance
0.7 , !- Front Side Slat diffuse visible reflectance
0.7 , !- Back Side Slat diffuse visible reflectance
0.0 , !- Slat Infrared hemispherical transmittance
0.9 , !- Front Side Slat Infrared hemispherical emissivity
0.9 , !- Back Side Slat Infrared hemispherical emissivity
0.050 , !- Blind-to-glass distance
0.0 , !- Blind top opening multiplier
0.0 , !- Blind bottom opening multiplier
0.5 , !- Blind left-side opening multiplier
0.5 , !- Blind right-side opening multiplier
, !- Minimum slat angle (deg)
; !- Maximum slat angle (deg)
(a) Side view of a window blind
with horizontal slats (or top view of blind with vertical
slats) showing slat geometry. The front face of a slat is
shown by a heavy line. The slat angle is defined as the angle
between the glazing outward normal and the slat outward
normal, where the outward normal points away from the front
face of the slat. (b) Slat orientations for representative
slat angles. The slat angle varies from 0\(^{o}\), when the front of the
slat is parallel to the glazing and faces toward the outdoors,
to 90\(^{o}\), when the slat
is perpendicular to the glazing, to 180\(^{o}\), when the front of the
slat is parallel to the glazing and faces toward the indoors.
The minimum and maximum slat angles are determined by the slat
thickness, width and separation. [fig:a-side-view-of-a-window-blind-with-horizontal]
The thickness (m) of the shading layer. This value is
ignored for ShadingLayerType = Venetian*, because the program
will calculate the thickness based on the slat angle. This
value is needed for ShadingLayerType = Woven and
Perforated
The top opening multiplier value will depend on the
location of the shading device within the glazing system.
There are several possible scenarios which can occur and they
can be divided into two groups:
Shading device on the indoor/outdoor side of the
window
In this case the opening multiplier is calculated as the
smallest distance between the shading device and the frame
(d\(_{top}\)), divided by the
gap width (S). There are three possible cases for the position
of a shading device the on indoor/outdoor side (see Figure 7).
Three cases for the D\(_{top}\) calculation for an
indoor/outdoor shade: Case a) A shading device between the
frame; Case b) A shading device outside the frame, covering
the frame; Case c) a shading device outside the frame, not
covering the frame. [fig:three-cases-for-the-dp-calculation-for-an-indoor-outdoor-shade]
In the case where the distance between the frame and the
shading device is bigger than the gap width, the d\(_{top}\) multiplier is equal to
one. Therefore, the calculation of the D\(_{top}\) opening multiplier
is:
\[A_{top} = min(d_{top}/S,
1)\]
Shading device between glass layers
In this case the opening multiplier is calculated as the
smallest distance between the shading device and the frame or
spacer (d\(_{top}\)), divided
by the smaller gap width (the minimum of (S\(_{1}\) andS\(_{2}\))).
Calculation of Dtop for a
shading device between glass layers [fig:calculation-of-dtop-for-a-shading-device-between-glass-layers]
The D\(_{top}\) opening
multiplier for a between glass shade is calculated as:
The bottom opening multiplier (d\(_{bot}\)) is calculated in the
same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied
to the bottom of the shading device.
The left side opening multiplier (d\(_{left}\)) is calculated in the
same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied
to the left side of the shading device.
The right side opening multiplier (d\(_{right}\)) is calculated in the
same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied
to the right side of the shading device.
The fraction of glazing system area that is open on the
front of the shading layer (see Figure 9).
This fraction is calculated as follows: Afront / (W * H),
where Afront = Area of the front of the glazing system that is
not covered by the shading system, W = the width of the
glazing system (IGU) and H is height of the glazing system
(IGU).
Front view of shading layer
openings. [fig:front-view-of-shading-layer-openings.]
The curvature radius (m) of the venetian slats. Setting
this value to zero means there is no curvature in the slat (it
is flat), while a non-zero value is the radius of the slat
curve. This value cannot be smaller than Slat Width / 2.
Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
Side view of horizontal
venetian blind slats or top view of blinds with vertical
slats. Front face of slats is marked with red line. [fig:side-view-of-horizontal-venetian-blind-slats]
An IDF example for ShadingLayerType = Venetian
WindowMaterial:ComplexShade, !- venetian blind layer
Shade_30001_Layer, !- name
Venetian, !- shading layer type
0.005, !- thickness
160, !- layer conductivity
0.0, !- IR transmittance
0.9, !- front emissivity
0.9, !- back emissivity
0.0, !- top opening multiplier
0.0, !- bottom opening multiplier
0.0, !- left side opening multiplier
0.0, !- right side opening multiplier
0.05, !- front opening multiplier
0.016, !- venetian slat width
0.012, !- venetian slat spacing
0.0006, !- venetian slat thickness
-45.00, !- venetian slat angle
160.00, !- venetian slat conductivity
0.0000; !- venetian slat curve
An IDF example for ShadingLayerType = Woven
(Note that it is not necessary to include “blank” lines for
the venetian blind input for a Woven shade definition).
WindowMaterial:ComplexShade, !- woven shade layer
Shade_30002_Layer, !- name
Woven, !- shading layer type
0.011, !- thickness
1, !- layer conductivity
0.0, !- IR transmittance
0.9, !- front emissivity
0.9, !- back emissivity
0.0, !- top opening multiplier
0.0, !- bottom opening multiplier
0.0, !- left side opening multiplier
0.0, !- right side opening multiplier
0.17; !- front opening multiplier
This object specifies the properties of exterior window
screen materials. The window screen model assumes the screen
is made up of intersecting orthogonally-crossed cylinders. The
surface of the cylinders is assumed to be diffusely
reflecting, having the optical properties of a Lambertian
surface.
The beam solar radiation transmitted through a window
screen varies with sun angle and is made up of two distinct
elements: a direct beam component and a reflected beam
component. The direct beam transmittance component is modeled
using the geometry of the screen material and the incident
angle of the sun to account for shadowing of the window by the
screen material. The reflected beam component is an empirical
model that accounts for the inward reflection of solar beam
off the screen material surface. This component is both highly
directional and small in magnitude compared to the direct beam
transmittance component (except at higher incident angles, for
which case the magnitude of the direct beam component is small
or zero and the reflected beam component, though small in
absolute terms can be many times larger than the direct beam
component). For this reason, the reflected beam transmittance
component calculated by the model can be a. disregarded, b.
treated as an additive component to direct beam transmittance
(and in the same direction), or c. treated as
hemispherically-diffuse transmittance based on a user input to
the model.
Direct beam and reflected beam
transmittance components [fig:direct-beam-and-reflected-beam-transmittance]
The window screen “assembly” properties of overall beam
solar reflectance and absorptance (including the screen
material ‘cylinders’ and open area) also change with sun angle
and are calculated based on the values of the beam solar
transmittance components (direct and reflected components
described above) and the physical properties of the screen
material (i.e., screen material diameter, spacing, and
reflectance).
Transmittance, reflectance, and absorptance of diffuse
solar radiation are considered constant values and apply to
both the front and back surfaces of the screen. These
properties are calculated by the model as an average value by
integrating the screen’s beam solar properties over a quarter
hemisphere of incident radiation. Long-wave emissivity is also
assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen.
There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Screen
that contains properties for generic window screens. Window
screens of this type can only be used on the outside surface
of the window (“exterior screens”). When in place, the screen
is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the window,
including dividers; it does not cover any of the window frame,
if present. The plane of the screen is assumed to be parallel
to the glazing.
WindowMaterial:Screen
can be used to model wire mesh insect screens where the solar
and visible transmission and reflection properties vary with
the angle of incidence of solar radiation. For diffusing
materials such as drapery and translucent roller shades it is
better to use the WindowMaterial:Shade
object. For slat-type shading devices like Venetian blinds,
which have solar and visible transmission and reflection
properties that strongly depend on slat angle and angle of
incidence of solar radiation, it is better to use WindowMaterial:Blind.
There are two methods of assigning a screen to a
window:
4) Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) specify that this
Material:WindowScreen is the window’s shading device, and (b)
specify how the screen is controlled.
5) Define a WindowShadingControl
for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded
construction, and (b) specify how the screen is
controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl
has to be used with either method, even if the screen is in
place at all times. You will get an error message if you try
to reference a shaded construction directly from a FenestrationSurface:Detailed
object.
This input specifies the method used to account for
screen-reflected beam solar radiation that is transmitted
through the window screen (as opposed to being reflected back
outside the building). Since this inward reflecting beam solar
is highly directional and is not modeled in the direction of
the actual reflection, the user is given the option of how to
account for the directionality of this component of beam solar
transmittance. Valid choices are DoNotModel, ModelAsDirectBeam
(i.e., model as an additive component to direct solar beam and
in the same direction), or ModelAsDiffuse (i.e., model as
hemispherically-diffuse radiation). The default value is
ModelAsDiffuse.
This input specifies the solar reflectance
(beam-to-diffuse) of the screen material itself (not the
effective value for the overall screen “assembly” including
open spaces between the screen material). The outgoing diffuse
radiation is assumed to be Lambertian (distributed angularly
according to Lambert’s cosine law). The solar reflectance is
assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. This
value must be from 0 to less than 1.0. In the absence of
better information, the input value for diffuse solar
reflectance should match the input value for diffuse visible
reflectance.
This input specifies the visible reflectance
(beam-to-diffuse) of the screen material itself (not the
effective value for the overall screen “assembly” including
open spaces between the screen material) averaged over the
solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye.
The outgoing diffuse radiation is assumed to be Lambertian
(distributed angularly according to Lambert’s cosine law). The
visible reflectance is assumed to be the same for both sides
of the screen. This value must be from 0 to less than 1.0.
If diffuse visible reflectance for the screen material is
not available, then the following guidelines can be used to
estimate this value:
Commercially-available gray scale or grayscale reflecting
chart references can be purchased for improved accuracy in
estimating visible reflectance (by visual comparison of screen
reflected brightness with that of various known-reflectance
portions of the grayscale).
Long-wave emissivity \(\varepsilon\) of the screen
material itself (not the effective value for the overall
screen “assembly” including open spaces between the screen
material). The emissivity is assumed to be the same for both
sides of the screen.
For most non-metallic materials, \(\varepsilon\) is about 0.9. For
metallic materials, \(\varepsilon\) is dependent on
material, its surface condition, and temperature. Typical
values for metallic materials range from 0.05–0.1 with lower
values representing a more finished surface (e.g. low
oxidation, polished surface). Material
emissivities may be found in Table 5 from the 2005 ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals, page 3.9. The value for this input
field must be between 0 and 1, with a default value of 0.9 if
this field is left blank.
The spacing, S, of the screen material (m) is the distance
from the center of one strand of screen to the center of the
adjacent one. The spacing of the screen material is assumed to
be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and
horizontal). This input value must be greater than the
non-zero screen material diameter. If the spacing is different
in the two directions, use the average of the two values.
Screen Material Spacing and
Diameter [fig:screen-material-spacing-and-diameter]
The diameter, D, of individual strands or wires of the
screen material (m). The screen material diameter is assumed
to be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and
horizontal). This input value must be greater than 0 and less
than the screen material spacing. If the diameter is different
in the two directions, use the average of the two values.
Distance from the window screen to the adjacent glass
surface (m). If the screen is not flat, the average screen to
glass distance should be used. The screen-to-glass distance is
used in calculating the natural convective air flow between
the glass and the screen produced by buoyancy effects. This
input value must be from 0.001 m to 1 m, with a default value
of 0.025 m if this field is left blank.
Effective area for air flow at the top of the screen
divided by the horizontal area between the glass and screen
(see the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for
additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be
used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the
window frame. Since window screens are typically installed
against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0.This
input value can range from 0 to 1.
Effective area for air flow at the bottom of the screen
divided the horizontal area between the glass and screen (see
the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for
additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be
used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the
window frame. Since window screens are typically installed
against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0.
This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Effective area for air flow at the left side of the screen
divided the vertical area between the glass and screen (see
the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for
additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be
used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the
window frame. Since window screens are typically installed
against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0.
This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Effective area for air flow at the right side of the screen
divided the vertical area between the glass and screen (see
the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for
additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be
used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the
window frame. Since window screens are typically installed
against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0.
This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Field:
Angle of Resolution for Screen Transmittance Output Map[LINK]
Angle of resolution, in degrees, for the overall screen
beam transmittance (direct and reflected) output map. The
comma-separated variable file eplusscreen.csv (Ref.
OutputDetailsandExamples.pdf) will contain the direct beam and
reflected beam solar radiation that is transmitted through the
window screen as a function of incident sun angle (0 to 90
degrees relative solar azimuth and 0 to 90 degrees relative
solar altitude) in sun angle increments specified by this
input field. The default value is 0, which means no
transmittance map is generated. Other valid choice inputs are
1, 2, 3 and 5 degrees.
WindowMaterial:Screen,
EXTERIOR SCREEN, !- Name
ModelAsDiffuse, !- Reflected Beam Transmittance Accounting Method
0.6, !- Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.6, !- Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.9, !- Thermal Hemispherical Emissivity
221.0, !- Conductivity {W/m-K}
0.00154, !- Screen Material Spacing (m)
0.000254, !- Screen Material Diameter (m)
0.025, !- Screen-to-Glass Distance {m}
0.0, !- Top Opening Multiplier
0.0, !- Bottom Opening Multiplier
0.0, !- Left-Side Opening Multiplier
0.0, !- Right-Side Opening Multiplier
0; !- Angle of Resolution for Output Map {deg}
Construction,
DOUBLE PANE WITHOUT SCREEN, !- Name
GLASS - CLEAR SHEET 1 / 8 IN, !- Outside Layer
WinAirB1 - AIRSPACE RESISTANCE, !- Layer \#2
GLASS - CLEAR SHEET 1 / 8 IN; !- Layer \#3
WindowShadingControl,
DOUBLE PANE WITH SCREEN, !- Name
West Zone, !- Zone Name
1, !- Shading Control Sequence Number
ExteriorScreen, !- Shading Type
, !- Name of construction with shading
AlwaysOn, !- Shading Control Type
ScreenSchedule, !- Schedule Name
20.0, !- SetPoint {W/m2, W or deg C}
YES, !- Shading Control Is Scheduled
NO, !- Glare Control Is Active
EXTERIOR SCREEN, !- Material Name of Shading Device
, !- Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds
, !- Slat Angle Schedule Name
, !- Setpoint 2 {W/m2, deg C or cd/m2}
, !- Daylighting Control Object Name
Sequential, !- Multiple Surface Control Type
Zn001:Wall001:Win001; !- Fenestration Surface 1 Name
This object specifies the properties of Equivalent Layer
window shade (roller blind) materials. Shades are considered
to be thin, flat and perfect diffusers (all transmitted and
reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse). However,
shades can have beam-beam transmittance by virtue of their
material openness. The beam-beam transmittence is assumed to
be the same for both sides of the shade and is the same as the
openness area fraction. Beam-diffuse transmittance and
reflectance, and emissivity properties can be different for
front and back side of the shade.Window shades can be placed
on the inside of the window, on the outside of the window, or
between glass layers. WindowMaterial:Shade:EquivalentLayer
is used for roller blinds. The off-normal solar property
calculation of shades (roller blind) is based on a set of
correlations developed from measurement of samples of
commercially produced roller blind material with openness
fraction less than 0.14. The model is not intended for
materials with unusually high values of openness and should be
limited to a maximum openness fraction of 0.20. The visible
spectrum solar properties input fields are not used currently
hence can be left blank. The equivalent layer window shade
model does not support WindowShadingControl.
This value is the beam-beam transmittance of the shade at
normal incidence and it is the same as the openness area
fraction of the shade material. Assumed to be the same for
front and back sides of the roller blinds. The minimum value
is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value
is 0.0. For most common shade materials (e.g. Roller Blinds)
the material oppeness fraction doesn’t exceed 0.20.
Field:
Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse transmittance of
the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the
entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0
and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is
0.0.
Field:
Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse transmittance of
the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the
entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0
and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is
0.0.
Field:
Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse reflectance of
the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the
entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0
and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse reflectance of the
shade material at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and
maximum value is less than 1.0.
This value is the beam-beam transmittance at normal
incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar
radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides.
The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Currently this input field is not used.
This value is the beam-diffuse transmittance at normal
incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar
radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides.
The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Currently this input field is not used.
This value is the beam-diffuse reflectance at normal
incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar
radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides.
The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Currently this input field is not used.
Field:
Shade Material Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave transmittance of the shade
material and assumed to be the same for front and back sides
of the shade. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is
less than 1.0. Default value is 0.05.
Field:
Front Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of shade material. The minimum value is 0.0 and
maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.91. The
front side effective emissivity of the shade layer is
calculated using this value and the material openness
specified above.
Field:
Back Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of shade material. The minimum value is 0.0 and
maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.91. The
back side effective emissivity of the shade is calculated
using this value and the material openness specified
above.
An IDF example for this object is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Shade:EquivalentLayer,
Shade1, !- Name
0.190, !- Shade Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance
0.206, !- Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.206, !- Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.499, !- Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.499, !- Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Shade Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Shade Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Shade Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Shade Material Infrared Transmittance
0.84, !- Front Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity
0.84; !- Back Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity
Specifies the optical and thermal properties of equivalent
layer window drape fabric materials.
Drapery fabric shades are commonly placed on the the inside
of the window. The long-wave (Thermal) properties for commonly
used drapery fabrics are assumed to be the same on both sides
but different values can be specified when required. Drape
fabric shade layers are considered to be perfect diffusers
(reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse independent of
angle of incidence). Unpleated drape fabric is treated as thin
and flat layer.The off-normal optical properties of drapery
fabric is determined from user specified optical properties at
normal incidence using empirical correlations. Pleated drape
fabric requires entering the pleated section average width and
length as shown in Figure 13.
For pleated drapes the effective beam-beam and beam-diffuse
solar properties are determined by tracking both radiation
components, for a given incident angle solar radiation,
through various interactions with a fabric pleated in a
rectangular geometry shown in Figure 13.
The solar properties of the two different pleat facets are
evaluated on the basis of the local solar incidence angle.
Therefore, the effective layer properties are influenced not
just by horizontal solar profile angle, but also by incidence
angle. The correlations used for drape fabrics optical
property calculations reqiure that the solar absorptance of
the fabric, at normal incidence, is not less than 1%. The
equivalent layer window drapery fabric shade model does not
support WindowShadingControl.
Geometry used for Pleated Drape
Analysis [fig:geometry-used-for-pleated-drape-analysis]
This value is the drape fabric beam-beam transmittance at
normal incidence, and it is the same as the drape fabric
openness area fraction. Assumed to be the same for front and
back sides of the drape fabric layer. The minimum value is
0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. For most drape fabric
materials the maximum fabric openness fraction do not exceed
0.2. The default value is 0.0.
Field:
Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence
averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The
minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence
averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The
minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar reflectance
of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over
the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is
0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar reflectance
of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over
the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is
0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
This value is the drape fabric beam-beam visible
transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for
front and back sides of the drape fabric layer. The minimum
value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default
value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side drape fabric beam-diffuse
visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the
visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the
same for front and back sides of the drape. The minimum value
is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value
is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Back Side Drape Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side drape fabric diffuse-diffuse
visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the
visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the
same for front and back sides of the drape. The minimum value
is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value
is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Drape Material Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of
the fabric material at zero fabric openness fraction. Assumed
to be the same for front and back sides of the drape fabric
material layer. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is
less than 1.0. The default value is 0.05.
Field:
Front Side Drape Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of fabric material at zero shade openness. The
minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. the
default value is 0.87. The front side effective emissivity of
the drape fabric layer is calculated using this value and the
fabric openness area fraction specified above.
Field:
Back Side Drape Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of fabric material at zero fabric openness
fraction. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less
than 1.0. The default value is 0.87. The back side effective
emissivity of the drape fabric layer is calculated using this
value and the fabric openness area fraction specified
above.
This value is the width of the pleated section of the
draped fabric, w(m). If the drape fabric is flat (unpleated),
then the pleated section width is set to zero. The default
value is 0.0, i.e., assumes flat drape fabric.
This value is the length of the pleated section of the
draped fabric, s(m). If the drape fabric is flat (unpleated),
then the pleated section length is set to zero. The default
value is 0.0, i.e., assumes flat drape fabric.
An IDF example for this object is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Drape:EquivalentLayer,
Drape02, !- Name
0.14, !- Shade Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance
0.10, !- Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.10, !- Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.40, !- Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.50, !- Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Shade Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Shade Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Shade Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.10, !- Shade Material Infrared Transmittance
0.90, !- Front Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity
0.80, !- Back Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity
0.01, !- Width of Pleated Fabric
0.025; !- Length of Pleated Fabric
This object specifies the properties of an Equivalent Layer
window blind consisting of thin and equally-spaced slats. The
model assumes that slats are flat and thin, and applies
correction for the slat curvature effect based on the user
specified slat crown. Slats are assumed to transmit and
reflect diffusely. The effective shortwave optical and
longwave optical properties of venetian blind layer is
estimated analytically. The Equivalent Layer blind model
requires optical properties and geometry of the slats shown in
Figure 14.
Likewise, effective longwave properties are obtained for the
layer knowing longwave properties of the slats.
Geometry and Properties used
for venetian blind analysis [fig:geometry-and-properties-used-for-venetian]
The input data required to characterize a venetian blind
are: front and back side reflectance and transmittance of the
slat, geometry (Slat width, w, slat spacing, s, slat crown, c,
and slat angle, \(\phi\), and
long wave emittance and transmittance of the slat. Blinds can
be located on the inside of the window, on the outside of the
window, or between two layers of glass. The blind is assumed
to cover all of the glazed part of the window. The equivalent
layer window blind model allows three slat angle control types
(see Slat Angle Control input field) but does not
support WindowShadingControl.
The choices are Horizontal and Vertical. “Horizontal” means
the slats are parallel to the bottom of the window; this is
the same as saying that the slats are parallel to the X-axis
of the window. “Vertical” means the slats are parallel to
Y-axis of the window. The default is “Horizontal”.
The distance between the front of a slat and the back of
the adjacent slat (m). The default value is 0.025. The slat
separation should not be greater than the slat width.
The perpendicular length between the slat cord and the
curve (m). Crown = 0.0625x”Slat width”. Slat is assumed to be
rectangular in cross section and flat. The crown accounts for
curvature of the slat. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
default value is 0.0015m.
The angle (degrees) between the glazing outward normal and
the slat outward normal, where the outward normal points away
from the front face of the slat (degrees). The slat angle is
+ve if the tip of the slat front face is tilted upward, or
else the slat angle is -ve if the tip of the slat front face
is tilted downward. The slat angle varies between -90 to +90.
If the ’Slat Angle Control input field below
specified is “FixedSlatAngle”, then the slat angle is fixed at
“Slat Angle” value entered. Minimum value allowed is -90.0,
and the maximum value allowed is 90.0 degrees. The default
value is 45 degrees.
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is
assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent).
Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
The default value is 0.0.
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is
assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent).
Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
The default value is 0.0.
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is slat front side beam-diffuse solar
reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. All the reflected component is
assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse solar
reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. All the reflected component is
assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse visible
transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam
radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are
translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is
less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse visible
transmittance at normal incidence averaged the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam
radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are
translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is
less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field:
Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse visible
reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. All the reflected component
is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0
Field:
Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse visible
reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. All the reflected component
is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0
Field:
Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat diffuse-diffuse solar transmittance
for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. This value is the
same for front and back side of the slat. Minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side diffuse-diffuse solar
reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation.
Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than
1.0.
Field:
Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side diffuse-diffuse solar
reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation.
Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than
1.0.
This value is the slat diffuse-diffuse visible
transmittance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum
range of solar radiation. This value is the same for front and
back side of the slat. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used
currently.
Field:
Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side diffuse-diffuse visible
reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum range
of solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used
currently.
Field:
Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side diffuse-diffuse visible
reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum range
of solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used
currently.
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of
the slat material. Assumed to be the same for both sides of
the slat. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less
than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of the slat material. The minimum value is 0.0, the
maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.9.
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of the slat material. The minimum value is 0.0, the
maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.9.
This input field is used only if slat angle control is
desired. The three key choice inputs allowed are
“FixedSlatAngle”, “MaximizeSolar”, and “BlockBeamSolar”. The
default value is “FixedSlatAngle”.If Type of Slat Angle
Control for Blinds = MaximizeSolar the slat angle is adjusted
to maximize solar gain. If Type of Slat Angle Control for
Blinds = BlockBeamSolar, the slat angle is adjusted to
maximize visibiity while eliminating beam solar radiation. If
Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = FixedSlatAngle, then
the model uses a fixed slat angle specified above.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Blind:EquivalentLayer,
VBU8D6+45SW1, ! - Name
Horizontal, ! - Slat Orientation
0.025, ! - Slat Width
0.025, ! - Slat Separation
0.0, ! - Slat Crown
45.0, ! - Slat Angle
0.0, ! - Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.0, ! - Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.0, ! - Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, ! - Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, ! - Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, ! - Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, ! - Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, ! - Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, ! - Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.80, ! - Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.60, ! - Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, ! - Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, ! - Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, ! - Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, ! - Slat Infrared Transmittance
0.90, ! - Front Side Slat Infrared Emissivity
0.90, ! - Back Side Slat Infrared Emissivity
FixedSlatAngle; ! - Slat Angle Control
This object specifies the optical and thermal properties of
exterior screen materials for Equivalent Layer Window.
Can only be placed on the exterior side of window
construction. The window screen model assumes the screen is
made up of intersecting orthogonally-crossed cylinders. The
surface of the cylinders is assumed to be diffusely
reflecting. The beam solar radiation transmitted through an
equivalent Layer window screen varies with sun angle and is
made up of two distinct elements: a beam-beam component and a
beam-diffuse component. The beam-beam transmittance component
is calculated using screen openness area fraction determined
from the geometry of the screen and the incident angle of the
sun. Empirical correlations are used to obtain the effective
off-normal solar and longwave properties of insect screens.
Insect screen geometry is shown in Figure 15.
The calculation of effective solar properties requires a set
of properties measured at normal incidence. The equivalent
layer window screen shade model does not support WindowShadingControl.
Geometry used for insect screen
analysis [fig:geometry-used-for-insect-screen-analysis]
The formulation of the model, assumption and correlations
used to calculate effective solar and longwave properties of
insect screens are described in the Engineering Reference.
This value is the beam-beam transmittance of the screen
material at normal incidence. This value is the same as the
screen openness area fraction. This value can be
autocalculated from the wire spacing and wire diameter. It is
the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is
0.0, and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Screen Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the
screen material at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both
sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Screen Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the
screen material at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both
sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
This value is the beam-beam visible transmittance of the
screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for
both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and
maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not
used currently.
This value is the beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the
screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for
both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not
used currently.
This value is the beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the
screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for
both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not
used currently.
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of
the the screen material. Assumed to be the same for both sides
of the screen material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum
value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.02
This value is the long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the
screen material. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the
screen material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value
is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.93.
The spacing, S (m), of the screen material is the distance
from the center of one strand of screen to the center of the
adjacent one. The spacing of the screen material is assumed to
be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and
horizontal). This input value must be greater than the
non-zero screen material diameter. If the spacing is different
in the two directions, use the average of the two values.
Default value is 0.0025m.
The diameter, D (m), of individual strands or wires of the
screen material. The screen material diameter is assumed to be
the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and horizontal).
This input value must be greater than 0 and less than the
screen wire spacing. If the diameter is different in the two
directions, use the average of the two values. Default value
is 0.005m.
Glass material properties for equivalent layer window
model. Uses transmittance/reflectance input method. For
exterior windows, “front side” is the side of the glass
closest to the outside air and “back side” is the side closest
to the zone the window is defined in. For interzone windows,
“front side” is the side closest to the zone adjacent to the
zone the window is defined in and “back side” is the side
closest to the zone the window is defined in. The equivalent
layer window glazing model does not support WindowShadingControl.
Valid values for this field are SpectralAverage, or
Spectral. If Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage, the values
you enter for solar transmittance and reflectance are assumed
to be averaged over the solar spectrum, and the values you
enter for visible transmittance and reflectance are assumed to
be averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the
response of the human eye. SpectralAverage is the default.
Spectral data input is not supported now.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam solar transmittance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam solar transmittance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam solar reflectance of
the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam solar reflectance of
the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam visible
transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam visible transmittance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical
Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and
the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam visible reflectance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical
Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and
the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam visible reflectance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible
spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical
Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and
the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the
beam-diffuse transmittance is zero. The minimum value is 0.0,
and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is
0.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar
transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the
beam-diffuse solar transmittance is zero. The minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is
0.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar reflectance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar reflectance
of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire
spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type
= SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum
value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse visible
transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the
beam-diffuse visible transmittance is zero. The minimum value
is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value
is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse visible
transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the
beam-diffuse visible transmittance is zero. The minimum value
is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value
is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse visible
reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is
0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field:
Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse visible
reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over
the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when
Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is
0.0. This input field is not used currently.
This value is the diffuse-diffuse solar transmittance of
the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum of solar
radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. The diffuse-diffuse transmittance is assumed
to be the same for both sides of the glazing. EnergyPlus
automatically estimates the diffuse-diffuse solar
transmittance from other inputs. If this input field is
specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated
transmittance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side diffuse-diffuse solar
reflectance of the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum
of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the
diffuse-diffuse reflectance from other inputs. If this input
field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated
reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side diffuse-diffuse solar
reflectance of the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum
of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the
diffuse-diffuse reflectance from other inputs. If this input
field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated
reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the
maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field:
Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the diffuse-diffuse visible transmittance of
the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar
radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. The diffuse-diffuse visible transmittance is
assumed to be the same for both sides of the glazing. If this
input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the
calculated transmittance will be used. The minimum value is
0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field
is not used currently.
Field:
Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side diffuse-diffuse visible
reflectance of the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum
range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the front
side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance from front side
beam-beam visible reflectance at normal incidence specified
above. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”,
then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum
value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This
input field is not used currently.
Field:
Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side diffuse-diffuse visible
reflectance of the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum
range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type =
SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the back
side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance from back side
beam-beam visible reflectance at normal incidence specified
above. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”,
then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum
value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This
input field is not used currently.
Field:
Infrared Transmittance (applies to front and back)[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of
the glazing. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the
glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less
than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of the glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the
maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is
0.84.
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical
emissivity of the glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the
maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is
0.84.
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance
(R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are
(m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal
resistance must be greater than zero. The default value is
0.158 which is roughly equivalent to a single layer of 1/4"
glass. This field is only used if this equivalent layer of
glazing is being referenced for movable insulation.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Glazing:EquivalentLayer,
GLZCLR, !- Name
SpectralAverage, !- Optical Data Type
, !- Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name
0.83, !- Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance
0.83, !- Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance
0.08, !- Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance
0.08, !- Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.76, !- Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Transmittance
0.14, !- Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.14, !- Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance
0.0, !- Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Transmittance
0.0, !- Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance
0.0, !- Infrared Transmittance
0.84, !- Front Side Infrared Emissivity
0.84, !- Back Side Infrared Emissivity
0.158; !- Thermal Resistance (used for movable insulation only)
This object is used in windows equivalent layer
construction object and specifies the properties of the gap
between the layers in multi-layer equivalent layer window
object. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for
Material:WindowGas that contains several types of gas. This
object uses the gas types: Air, Argon, Xenon, Crypton, and
Custom. For Custom gas type users are required to entering
the thermophicial properties.
This input field contains the valid key choice for gap vent
type. The valid vent types are: Sealed, VentedIndoor, and
VentedOutdoor. Sealed means the gap is enclosed and gas
tight, i.e., no venting to indoor or outdoor environment. The
gap types “VentedIndoor” and “VentedOutdoor” are used with gas
type “Air” only. VentedIndoor means the air in the gap is
naturally vented to indoor environment, and VentedOutdoor
means the air in the gap is naturally vented to the outdoor
environment.
The following entries are used only if Gas Type = Custom.
The A, B and C coefficients are those in the following
expression that gives a property value as a function of
temperature in degrees K:
The molecular weight for gas. The molecular weight is the
mass of 1 mol of the substance. This has a numerical value
which is the average molecular mass of the molecules in the
substance multiplied by Avogadro’s constant. (kg/kmol) (Shown
in the IDD as g/mol for consistency)
The specific heat ratio for gas. The specific heat ratio
of a gas is the ratio of the specific heat at constant
pressure, to the specific heat at constant volume. Used only
if Gas Type = Custom.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Gap:EquivalentLayer,
Custom CO2 Sealed 12mm, !- Name
CUSTOM, !- Gas Type
0.0120, !- Thickness {m}
Sealed, !- Gap Vent Type
-5.8181E-3, !- Conductivity Coefficient A {W/m-K}
7.4714E-5, !- Conductivity Coefficient B {W/m-K2}
0.0, !- Conductivity Coefficient C {W/m-K3}
8.5571E-7, !- Viscosity Coefficient A {kg/m-s}
4.7143E-8, !- Viscosity Coefficient B {kg/m-s-K}
0.0, !- Viscosity Coefficient C {kg/m-s-K2}
5.76903E2, !- Specific Heat Coefficient A {J/kg-K}
9.18088E-2, !- Specific Heat Coefficient B {J/kg-K2}
0.0, !- Specific Heat Coefficient C {J/kg-K3}
44.01; !- Molecular Weight {g/mol}
This definition must be used in order to simulate the green
roof (ecoroof) model. The material becomes the outside layer
in a green roof construction (see example below). In the
initial release of the green roof model, only one material may
be used as a green roof layer though, of course, several
constructions using that material may be used. In addition,
the model works only with the ConductionTransferFunction heat
balance solution algorithm. This model was developed for
low-sloped exterior surfaces (roofs). It is not recommended
for high-sloped exterior surfaces (e.g., walls).
This is the projected leaf area per unit area of soil
surface. This field is dimensionless and is limited to values
in the range of 0.001 < LAI < 5.0. Default is 1.0. At
the present time the fraction vegetation cover is calculated
directly from LAI (Leaf Area Index) using an empirical
relation. The user may find it necessary to increase the
specified value of LAI in order to represent high fractional
coverage of the surface by vegetation.
This field represents the fraction of incident solar
radiation that is reflected by the individual leaf surfaces
(albedo). Solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as
well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. Values for this
field must be between 0.05 and 0.5. Default is .22. Typical
values are .18 to .25.
This field is the ratio of thermal radiation emitted from
leaf surfaces to that emitted by an ideal black body at the
same temperature. This parameter is used when calculating the
long wavelength radiant exchange at the leaf surfaces. Values
for this field must be between 0.8 and 1.0 (with 1.0
representing “black body” conditions). Default is .95.
This field represents the resistance of the plants to
moisture transport. It has units of s/m. Plants with low
values of stomatal resistance will result in higher
evapotranspiration rates than plants with high resistance.
Values for this field must be in the range of 50.0 to 300.0.
Default is 180.
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns
to the soil layer for a particular ecoroof. This name can then
be referred to by other input data. Default is Green
Roof
Soil.
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a
particular material layer. This parameter only influences the
convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior
convection coefficient. A keyword is expected in this field
with the options being “VeryRough”, “Rough”, “MediumRough”,
“MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”, and “VerySmooth” in order of
roughest to smoothest options. Default is MediumRough.
This field characterizes the thickness of the material
layer in meters. This should be the dimension of the layer in
the direction perpendicular to the main path of heat
conduction. This value must be a positive number. Depths of
0.10 m (4 inches) and 0.15 m (6 inches) are common. Default if
this field is left blank is 0.1. Maximum is 0.7 m. Must be
greater than 0.05 m.
This field is used to enter the thermal conductivity of the
material layer. Units for this parameter are W/(m-K). Thermal
conductivity must be greater than zero. Typical soils have
values from 0.3 to 0.5. The minimum is 0.2, the default is
0.35, and the maximum is 1.5.
This field is used to enter the density of the material
layer in units of kg/m\(^{3}\). Density must be a
positive quantity. Typical soils range from 400 to 1000 (dry
to wet). Minimum is 300, maximum is 2000 and default if field
is left blank is 1100.
This field represents the specific heat of the material
layer in units of J/(kg-K). Note that these units are most
likely different than those reported in textbooks and
references which tend to use kJ/(kg-K) or J/(g-K). They were
chosen for internal consistency within EnergyPlus. Only
positive values of specific heat are allowed.
The thermal absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident long
wavelength (>2.5 microns) radiation that is absorbed by the
material. This parameter is used when calculating the long
wavelength radiant exchange between various surfaces and
affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as
appropriate). For long wavelength radiant exchange, thermal
emissivity and thermal emittance are equal to thermal
absorptance. Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0
(with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). Typical
values are from 0.9 to 0.98. The default value for this field
is 0.9.
The solar absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar
radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation
(0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\))
includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and
ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when
calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by
various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both
inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. Typical values are from .6
to .85. The default value for this field is 0.7.
The visible absorptance field in the Material
input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible
wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible
wavelength radiation ( 0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic
response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that
the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while
solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as
infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used
when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation
absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat
balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as
the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or
reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to
1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this
field must be between 0.5 and 1.0. The default value for this
field is 0.75.
Field:
Saturation Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the saturation moisture
content of the soil layer. Maximum moisture content is
typically less than .5. Range is [.1,.5] with the default
being .3.
Field:
Residual Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the residual moisture
content of the soil layer. Default is 0.01, range is [0.01,
0.1].
Field:
Initial Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the initial moisture
content of the soil layer. Range is (0.05, 0.5] with the
default being 0.1.
The field allows for two models to be selected:
Simple or Advanced.
EnergyPlus Currently supports only the SimpleMoisture Diffusion Calculation Method.
Simple is the original Ecoroof model -
based on a constant diffusion of moisture through the soil.
This model starts with the soil in two layers. Every time the
soil properties update is called, it will look at the two
soils moisture layers and asses which layer has more moisture
in it. It then takes moisture from the higher moisture layer
and redistributes it to the lower moisture layer at a constant
rate.
Advanced is the later Ecoroof model. The
model requires higher number of timesteps in hour for the
simulation with a recommended value of 20. This moisture
transport model is based on a project which looked at the way
moisture transports through soil. It uses a finite difference
method to divide the soil into layers (nodes). It
redistributes the soil moisture according the model described
in:
Marcel G Schaap and Martinus Th. van Genuchten, 2006, ‘A
modified Maulem-van Genuchten Formulation for Improved
Description of the Hydraulic Conductivity Near Saturation’,
Vadose Zone
Journal 5 (1), p 27-34. However, currently
AdvancedMoisture Diffusion Calculation
Method is not supported in EnergyPlus.
An IDF example:
Material:RoofVegetation,
BaseEco, !- Name
0.5, !- Height of Plants {m}
5, !- Leaf Area Index {dimensionless}
0.2, !- Leaf Reflectivity {dimensionless}
0.95, !- Leaf Emissivity
180, !- Minimum Stomatal Resistance {s/m}
EcoRoofSoil, !- Soil Layer Name
MediumSmooth, !- Roughness
0.18, !- Thickness {m}
0.4, !- Conductivity of Dry Soil {W/m-K}
641, !- Density of Dry Soil {kg/m3}
1100, !- Specific Heat of Dry Soil {J/kg-K}
0.95, !- Thermal Absorptance
0.8, !- Solar Absorptance
0.7, !- Visible Absorptance
0.4, !- Saturation Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
0.01, !- Residual Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
0.2, !- Initial Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
Simple; !- Moisture Diffusion Calculation Method
Material:RoofVegetation,
LowLAI, !- Name
0.5, !- Height of Plants {m}
0.5, !- Leaf Area Index {dimensionless}
0.2, !- Leaf Reflectivity {dimensionless}
0.95, !- Leaf Emissivity
180, !- Minimum Stomatal Resistance {s/m}
EcoRoofSoil, !- Soil Layer Name
MediumSmooth, !- Roughness
0.18, !- Thickness {m}
0.4, !- Conductivity of Dry Soil {W/m-K}
641, !- Density of Dry Soil {kg/m3}
1100, !- Specific Heat of Dry Soil {J/kg-K}
0.95, !- Thermal Absorptance
0.8, !- Solar Absorptance
0.7, !- Visible Absorptance
0.4, !- Saturation Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
0.01, !- Residual Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
0.2, !- Initial Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer
Simple; !- Moisture Diffusion Calculation Method
Temperature of the Soil layer temperature in C. Note that
Surface Outside Face Temperature of Roof,
one of the surface output variables, is the temperature at the
interface between the soil and the next material layer.
With the MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData
object, you can specify the wavelength-by-wavelength
transmittance and reflectance properties of a glass material.
To determine the overall optical properties of a glazing
system (solar and visible transmittance and solar absorptance
vs. angle of incidence) EnergyPlus first calculates
transmittance and absorptance vs. angle of incidence for each
wavelength. This is then weighted by a standard solar spectrum
to get the solar transmittance and absorptance vs. angle of
incidence (for use in the solar heat gain calculations), and
further weighted by the response of the human eye to get the
visible transmittance vs. angle of incidence (for use in the
daylighting calculation).
MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData
should be used for multi-pane windows when one or more of the
glass layers is spectrally selective, i.e., the
transmittance depends strongly on wavelength. An example is
glass with a coating that gives high transmittance in the
daylight part of the solar spectrum (roughly 0.4 to 0.7
microns) and low transmittance at longer wavelengths, thus
providing better solar heat gain control than uncoated glass.
If spectral data is not used in case, the overall optical
properties of the glazing system that EnergyPlus calculates
will not be correct.
You can input up to 450 sets of values for wavelengths
covering the solar spectrum. Each set consists of {wavelength
(microns), transmittance, front reflectance, back
reflectance}
Spectral data of this kind are routinely measured by glass
manufacturers. Data sets for over 800 commercially available
products are contained in an Optical Data Library maintained
by the Windows Group at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory.
This library can be downloaded from http://windows.lbl.gov/. You will have to edit
entries from this library to put them in the format required
by the EnergyPlus WindowGlassSpectralData object.
An alternative to using the MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData
object is to run the WINDOW window analysis program. This
program has built-in access to the Optical Data Library and
let’s you easily create customized, multi-layer glazing
systems that can be exported for use in EnergyPlus. For more
details, see “StormWindow”.
Sets of values for wavelengths covering the solar spectrum
(from about 0.25 to 2.5 microns [10\(^{-6}\) m]). Each set consists
of
{wavelength (microns), transmittance, front
reflectance, back reflectance}
The wavelength values must be in ascending order. The
transmittance and reflectance values are at normal incidence.
“Front reflectance” is the reflectance for radiation striking
the glass from the outside, i.e., from the side opposite the
zone in which the window is defined. “Back reflectance” is the
reflectance for radiation striking the glass from the inside,
i.e., from the zone in which the window is defined. Therefore,
for exterior windows, “front” is the side closest to the
outdoors and “back” is the side closest to the zone in which
the window is defined. For interior windows, “front” is the
side closest to the adjacent zone and “back” is the side
closest to the zone in which the window is defined.
For walls, roofs, floors, windows, and doors, constructions
are “built” from the included materials. Each layer of the
construction is a material name listed in order from “outside”
to “inside”. Up to ten layers (eight for windows) may be
specified (one of the few limitations in EnergyPlus!).
“Outside” is the layer furthest away from the Zone
air (not necessarily the outside environment). “Inside” is the
layer next to the Zone
air. In the example floor below, for example, the outside
layer is the acoustic tile below the floor, the next layer is
the air space above the tile, and the inside layer is the
concrete floor deck.
Example Floor Construction
illustration. [fig:example-floor-construction-illustration.]
Window
constructions are similarly built up from items in the Window
Materials set using similar layers.. See Figure 17.
Illustration for material ordering in windows, which shows the
case where an interior shading layer such as a blind is
present. The gap between the inside glass layer (layer #3) and
the interior shading layer is not entered. Similarly, for an
exterior shading layer, the gap between the outside glass
layer and the shading layer is not entered.
Illustration for material
ordering in windows. [fig:illustration-for-material-ordering-in]
However, for a between-glass shading device the gaps on
either side of the shading layer must be entered and they must
have the same gas type. In addition, the gap widths with and
without the between-glass shading layer must be consistent
(see Figure 18).
A maximum of four glass layers and one shading layer is
allowed. A gas layer must always separate adjacent glass
layers in a multi-pane glazing without a between-glass shading
layer.
Window construction with and
without a between-glass shading layer. Shown are gap widths
\(g\), \(g_1\) and \(g_2\), and shading layer width,
\(w\). An error will result
if \(g_1 + g_2 +w\) is not
equal to \(g\), where \(w\) is zero for a blind and
greater than zero for a shade. [fig:window-construction-with-and-without-a]
Outside and inside air film resistances are never given as
part of a construction definitions since they are calculated
during the EnergyPlus simulation. Note also that constructions
are assumed to be one-dimensional in a direction perpendicular
to the surface.
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a
reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer
surface (ref: Building
Surfaces) requires a construction name to define what the
make-up of the wall is. This name must be identical to one of
the Construction
definitions in the input data file.
Each construction must have at least one layer. This field
defines the material name associated with the layer on the
outside of the construction—outside referring to the side that
is not exposed to the zone but rather the opposite side
environment, whether this is the outdoor environment or
another zone. Material
layers are defined based on their thermal properties elsewhere
in the input file (ref: Material
and Material
Properties and Materials for Glass Windows and Doors). As
noted above, the outside layer should NOT be a film
coefficient since EnergyPlus will calculate outside convection
and radiation heat transfer more precisely.
The next fields are optional and the number of them showing
up in a particular Construction
definition depends solely on the number of material layers
present in that construction. The data expected is identical
to the outside layer field (see previous field description).
The order of the remaining layers is important and should be
listed in order of occurrence from the one just inside the
outside layer until the inside layer is reached. As noted
above, the inside layer should NOT be a film coefficient since
EnergyPlus will calculate inside convection and radiation heat
transfer more precisely.
IDF Example (window construction, with interior shade):
Construction, DOUBLE PANE WITH ROLL SHADE, !- Material layer names follow:
GLASS - CLEAR SHEET 1 / 8 IN,
WinAirB1 - AIRSPACE RESISTANCE,
GLASS - CLEAR SHEET 1 / 8 IN,
ROLL SHADE - LIGHT
Constructions
- Modeling Underground Walls and Ground Floors Defined with C
and F Factors for Building Energy Code Compliance[LINK]
Building
energy code and standards like ASHRAE 90.1, 90.2 and
California Title 24 require the underground wall constructions
and slabs-on-grade or underground floors not to exceed certain
maximum values of C-factor and F-factor, which do not specify
detailed layer-by-layer materials for the constructions.
A simplified approach is introduced to create equivalent
constructions and model the ground heat transfer through
underground walls and ground floors for the building energy
code compliance calculations. The approach is to create
constructions based on the user defined C or F factor with two
layers: one concrete layer (0.15 m thick) with thermal mass,
and one fictitious insulation layer with no thermal mass.
Three new objects were created for such purpose: Construction:CfactorUndergroundWall,
Construction:FfactorGroundFloor,
and Site:GroundTemperature:FCfactorMethod.
Details of the approach are described in the Engineering
Reference document. The wall and floor construction objects
are described in this section; the ground temperature object
is described with the other ground temperature objects.
When a underground wall or ground floor surface
(BuildingSurface:Detailed, Floor:Detailed,
and Wall:Detailed) references one of the two construction
objects, its field ‘Outside Boundary Condition’ needs to be
set to GroundFCfactorMethod. For simple (rectangular) wall and
floor objects, the outside boundary condition is inferred from
the construction type.
The Site:GroundTemperature:FCfactorMethod
is described in the section for ground temperatures, the
following section describes the two new construction
objects.
This input object differs from the usual wall construction
object in that it describes an entire construction rather than
individual layers. This object is used when only the wall
height (depth to the ground) and the C-factor are available.
This object accesses a model that creates an equivalent
layer-by-layer construction for the underground wall to
approximate the heat transfer through the wall considering the
thermal mass of the earth soil.
This object is referenced by underground wall surfaces with
their fields ‘Outside Boundary Condition’ set to
GroundFCfactorMethod.
C-Factor is the time rate of steady-state heat flow through
unit area of the construction, induced by a unit temperature
difference between the body surfaces. The C-Factor unit is
W/m\(^{2}\)·K. The C-factor
does not include soil or air films. ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and
California Title 24 specify maximum C-factors for underground
walls depending on space types and climate zones.
This input object differs from the usual ground floor
construction object in that it describes an entire
construction rather than individual layers. This object is
used when only the floor area, exposed perimeter, and the
F-factor are available. This object accesses a model that
creates an equivalent layer-by-layer construction for the
slab-on-grade or underground floor to approximate the heat
transfer through the floor considering the thermal mass of the
earth soil.
This object is referenced by slab-on-grade or underground
floor surfaces with their fields ‘Outside Boundary Condition’
set to GroundFCfactorMethod.
F-Factor represents the heat transfer through the floor,
induced by a unit temperature difference between the outside
and inside air temperature, on the per linear length of the
exposed perimeter of the floor. The unit for this input is
W/m·K. ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and California Title 24 specify
maximum F-factors for slab-on-grade or underground floors
depending on space types and climate zones.
In some cases, such as radiant systems, a construction will
actually have resistance wires or hydronic tubing embedded
within the construction. Heat is then either added or removed
from this building element to provide heating or cooling to
the zone in question. In the case of building-integrated
photovoltaics, the energy removed in the form of electricity
will form a sink. It is possible to enter such constructions
into EnergyPlus with the syntax described below. The internal
source capability is available with both the
ConductionTransferFunction and
ConductionFiniteDifference solution
algorithms. The only difference is that the two dimensional
pipe arrangements are not available to
ConductionFiniteDifference. Those fields are ignored in that
implementation.
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a
reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer
surface (ref: Building
Surfaces) requires a construction name to define what the
make-up of the wall is.
This field is an integer that relates the location of the
heat source or sink. The integer refers to the list of
material layers that follow later in the syntax and determines
the layer after which the source is present. If a source is
embedded within a single homogenous layer (such as concrete),
that layer should be split into two layers and the source
added between them. For example, a value of “2” in this field
tells EnergyPlus that the source is located between the second
and third material layers listed later in the construction
description (see layer fields below). This field must be
between 1 and the number of material layers in the
construction (maximum of 10 layers).
Field:
Temperature Calculation Requested After Layer Number[LINK]
The nature of this field is similar to the source interface
parameter (see previous field) in that it is an integer,
refers to the list of material layers that follow, and defines
a location after the layer number identified by the
user-defined number. In this case, the user is specifying the
location for a separate temperature calculation rather than
the location of the heat source/sink. This feature is intended
to allow users to calculate a temperature within the
construction. This might be important in a radiant cooling
system where condensation could be a problem. This temperature
calculation can assist users in making that determination in
absence of a full heat and mass balance calculation. This
field must be between 1 and the number of material layers in
the construction (maximum of 10 layers).
It should also be noted that when using this construction
in conjunction with a low temperature radiant system such as
the variable flow, constant
flow, or electric radiant system
that this parameter also defines the location for the
temperature that is used with the Surface Interior Temperature
control. In other words, when using the Surface Interior
Temperature control with a low temperature radiant system, the
location for this temperature that is interior to the radiant
surface is also defined in part by this input field. Note that
two fields below (Dimensions for the CTF
Calculation and Two-Dimensional Temperature
Calculation Position) will also have an impact on
this location if the user elects to perform a 2-D solution for
the surfaces using this construction.
This field is also an integer and refers to the detail
level of the calculation. A value of “1” states that the user
is only interested in a one-dimensional calculation. This is
appropriate for electric resistance heating and for hydronic
heating (when boiler/hot water heater performance is not
affected by return and supply water temperatures). A value of
“2” will trigger a two-dimensional solution for this surface
only. This may be necessary for hydronic radiant cooling
situations since chiller performance is affected by the water
temperatures provided.
A few things should be noted about requesting
two-dimensional solutions. First, the calculation of the
conduction transfer functions (CTF) is fairly intensive and
will require a significant amount of computing time. Second,
the solution regime is two-dimensional internally but it has a
one-dimensional boundary condition imposed at the inside and
outside surface (i.e., surface temperatures are still
isothermal as if the surface was one-dimensional).
This field defines the distance between adjacent hydronic
tubes spaced in the direction perpendicular to the main
direction of heat transfer. The value for this parameter must
be greater than or equal to 0.01m (or a tube spacing of 1 cm)
and less than or equal to 1.0m (or a tube spacing of 1m). Note
that this parameter is only used for two-dimensional solutions
(see previous field) or when the user requests that the tube
length for a hydronic radiant system ( variable
flow or constant flow) be autosized.
In the case of autosizing the tube length, this parameter is
used along with the dimensions of the surface to approximate
the tube length.
Field:
Two-Dimensional Temperature Calculation Position[LINK]
This field only has a meaning when the user opts to have a
two-dimensional solution in Dimensions for the CTF
Calculation above. It is used in conjunction with the
information in Temperature Calculation Requested After
Layer Number above to specify a location for where
the simulation will calculate a temperature at the interior of
a surface. The Temperature Calculation Requested After
Layer Number field sets where the position is in the
main direction of heat transfer. This field determines the
position of this point in the direction
perpendicular to the main direction of heat
transfer. Note that this parameter is a dimensionless value
that is allowed to range from 0.0 to 1.0. A value of 0.0 is
used for a position that is in line with the tubing in the
construction. A value of 1.0 is used for a position that is at
the mid-point between adjacent tubes. The user is also given
the flexibility to select a point in between those two
extremes.
It should also be noted that for values between 0.0 and 1.0
will not allow for exact positioning of the point at which
this temperature is calculated. Instead, it will be used to
calculate which node in the state space representation will be
used to calculate the temperature. Currently, EnergyPlus uses
seven nodes in the direction perpendicular to the main
direction of heat transfer. In this case, 0.0 represents the
first node and 1.0 represents the seventh or last node in the
perpendicular direction. So, this field will be used to
determine which node in the direction perpendicular to the
main direction of heat transfer to use and there are five
other nodes (second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth) that are
possible locations. For example, if the user enters a value of
0.167, the second node will be used. Likewise, if the user
enters a value of 0.1, because this will be closest to the
second node, the second node will be used to calculate the
internal temperature. For more information on two-dimensional
heat transfer within surfaces using ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource,
please refer to the EnergyPlus Engineering Reference.
Zone,Average,Surface Internal Source Location
Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,Surface Internal User Specified Location
Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,CondFD Internal Heat Source Power After
Layer N [W]
Zone,Average,CondFD Internal Heat Source Energy After
Layer N [J]
Surface
Internal Source Location Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature within the surface at the
location of the source/sink.
Surface
Internal User Specified Location Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature within the surface at the
location requested by the user.
CondFD
Internal Heat Source Power After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat power added after material layer N
from the ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource
object. Only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
CondFD
Internal Heat Source Energy After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat energy added after material layer N
from the ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource
object. Only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
This output is the heat power added after material layer N
from the EMS heat flux actuator (Component type: “CondFD
Surface Material
Layer”; Control type: “Heat Flux”). Only valid for the CondFD
solution algorithm.
This output is the heat energy added after material layer N
from the EMS heat flux actuator (Component type: “CondFD
Surface Material
Layer”; Control type: “Heat Flux”). Energy is aggregated on
the electricity meter and is only valid for the CondFD
solution algorithm.
Construction:AirBoundary
indicates an open boundary between two zones. It may be used
for base surfaces and fenestration surfaces. When this
construction type is used, the Outside Boundary Condition of
the surface (or the base surface of a fenestration surface)
must be either Surface or Zone.
A base surface with Construction:AirBoundary
cannot hold any fenestration surfaces.
The two zones separated by this air boundary will be
grouped together into a combined enclosure for solar
distribution, daylighting, and radiant exchange (including
distribution of radiant internal gains). If a given zone has
an air boundary with more than one zone, then all of the
connected zones will be grouped together. For example, if
there is an air boundary between zones A and B, and another
air boundary between zones B and C, all three zones (A, B, and
C) will be grouped into a single enclosure. Normal default
simplified view factors will apply unless detailed view
factors are specified using ZoneProperty:UserViewFactors:BySurfaceName.
This field controls how the surface is modeled for radiant
exchange calculations. There are two choices:
None
There will be no air exchange modeled across this surface.
Other objects, such as ZoneMixing
and ZoneCrossMixing
or AirflowNetwork openings may be specified if desired.
If the Air Exchange Method is SimpleMixing* then
this field specifies the air change rate [1/hr] using the
volume of the smaller zone as the basis. The default is 0.5.
If an AirflowNetwork simulation is active this field is
ignored.
If the Air Exchange Method is SimpleMixing then
this field specifies the schedule name for the air mixing
across this boundary. If this field is blank, then the
schedule defaults to always 1.0. If an AirflowNetwork
simulation is active this field is ignored.
IDF Example:
Construction:AirBoundary,
Air Wall, !- Name
SimpleMixing, !- Air Exchange Method
0.5, !- Simple Mixing Air Changes per Hour {1/hr}
; !- Simple Mixing Schedule Name
Standard constructions in EnergyPlus are built with the
materials and layers described earlier. However, some
configurations will not be adequately represented by using
this approach. The Reference Data Set
CompositeWallConstructions.idf contains constructions and
associated materials for a set of composite
walls. These are walls—such as stud walls—that have
complicated heat-flow paths so that the conduction is two- or
three-dimensional. Thermal bridges are one of the common terms
for these complicated heat-flow paths; this dataset will help
you represent these in EnergyPlus.
The materials here are not real materials
but are “equivalent” materials obtained from finite-difference
modeling. (The thickness, conductivity, density and specific
heat values of the material layers for the different
constructions have been taken from the ASHRAE report “Modeling
Two- and Three-Dimensional Heat Transfer through Composite
Wall and Roof
Assemblies in Hourly Energy Simulation Programs (1145-TRP),”
by Enermodal Engineering Limited, Oak Ridge National
Laboratory, and the Polish Academy of Sciences, January
2001.). EnergyPlus will calculate conduction transfer
functions using these materials. The heat transfer based on
these conduction transfer functions will then be very close to
what would be calculated with a two- or three-dimensional heat
transfer calculation.
For stud walls, using these composite constructions will
give more accurate heat flow than you would get by manually
dividing the wall into a stud section and a non-stud
section.
If your wall’s exterior or interior roughness or thermal,
solar or visible absorptances are different from those in the
data set, you can make the appropriate changes to the first
material (the outside layer) or the third material (the inside
layer). None of the other values should be
changed.
Complete description of the CompositeWallConstructions data
set are found in the OutputDetailsAndExamples document.
This input object is used to describe the properties of a
single state for complex fenestration. There are two parts to
the input, 1) layer-by-layer physical description of
fenestration system and 2) a set of matrices that describe
overall system optical performance. Each layer also has
associated with it two matrices that give the layer
absorptance (for front and back incidence on the system).
The optical properties are given as a two-dimensional
matrix describing the basis and four two-dimensional matrices
of system bidirectional optical properties.
These input objects will generally be exported directly
from the WINDOW program and it is expected that users usually
will not develop the input themselves. However, this is an
option for users who prefer to use a different method (e.g.,
Monte-Carlo ray-trace or measurement) of determining optical
properties.
Multiple instances of this object are used to define the
separate operating states of complex fenestration. For
example, blinds could be deployed or redirected to create a
new state, or electrochromic glazings could change
transmittance. Each separate state defines the materials
present and the overall optical performance. If the glazing
system has only one state, then only one of these objects is
needed.
Note that when using the Solar Distribution method of
FullInteriorAndExterior or
FullInteriorAndExteriorWithReflections, the
Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
windows are not suggested to be mix-used together with regular
windows (windows constructed from “actual” materials
descriptions, or simple layers) in the same zone, due to the
limitations of the current models. When these two solar
distribution methods are used, it is suggested using either
all regular windows or all Complex Fenestration windows in the
same zone, but not a mix of these two types of windows.
This field gives the name of an 2 x N matrix object that
defines the basis For a fenestration basis, N would be the
number of theta (polar angle) values, the first of the two
elements for each of the i = 1,..,N would be the theta value,
and the second would be the number of phi (azimuthal angle)
values that 360º is divided into for that theta.
Field:
Solar Optical Complex Front Transmittance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that
describes the solar transmittance at different incident
angles. This is from the outside toward the inside.
Field:
Solar Optical Complex Back Reflectance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that
describes the solar back reflectance at different incident
angles. This is from the inside toward the outside.
Field:
Visible Optical Complex Front Transmittance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that
describes the visible transmittance at different incident
angles. This is from the outside toward the inside.
Field:
Visible Optical Complex Back Reflectance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of vector object that
describes the visible back reflectance at different incident
angles. This is from the inside toward the outside.
Field:
Outside Layer Directional Front Absorptance Matrix Name[LINK]
Points to an Nbasis x 1 matrix object.
Field:
Outside Layer Directional Back Absorptance Matrix Name[LINK]
Points to an Nbasis x 1 matrix object.
Above
3 fields are optionally repeated for layers 2-10[LINK]
These layers include gaps, which do not need to have matrix
data specified.
An IDF example of complex fenestration with single
layer:
Construction:ComplexFenestrationState, !- single layer example
CFS_Glz_1, !- name
LBNLWindow, !- basis type
None, !- basis symmetry type
ThermParam_1, !- window thermal model
CFS_Glz_1_Basis, !- basis matrix name
CFS_Glz_1_TfSol, !- Tfsol
CFS_Glz_1_RbSol, !- Rbsol
CFS_Glz_1_Tfvis, !- Tfvis
CFS_Glz_1_Tbvis, !- Tbvis
Glass_102_Layer, !- layer 1 name
CFS_Glz_1_Layer_1_fAbs, !- fAbs
CFS_Glz_1_Layer_1_bAbs; !- bAbs
An complex fenestration IDF example with double layer
(first layer is shading device):
Construction:ComplexFenestrationState, !- double layer example
CFS_Glz_59, !- name
LBNLWindow, !- basis type
None, !- basis symmetry type
ThermParam_59, !- window thermal model
CFS_Glz_59_Basis, !- basis matrix name
CFS_Glz_59_TfSol, !- Tfsol
CFS_Glz_59_RbSol, !- Rbsol
CFS_Glz_59_Tfvis, !- Tfvis
CFS_Glz_59_Tbvis, !- Tbvis
Shade_30001_Layer, !- layer 1 name (shading device)
CFS_Glz_59_Layer_1_fAbs, !- fAbs
CFS_Glz_59_Layer_1_bAbs, !- bAbs
Gap_1_Layer, !- layer 1 name
, !- absorptance matrices for gaps should be empty for now
, !- it is for future use
Glass_3110_Layer, !- layer 2 name
CFS_Glz_59_Layer_3110_fAbs, !- fAbs
CFS_Glz_59_Layer_3110_bAbs; !- bAbs
Shading Device Scalar Factor. Only used for Thermal Model
= Convective Scalar Model. Factor of venetian shading device
layer contribution to convection. Real value between 0 (where
the shading device contribution to convection is neglected)
and 1 (where the shading device treated as “closed” – as if it
is a glass layer with thermal properties of SD slat material).
Default: 1.0
The pressure (Pa) which will be considered to be the limit
for vacuum glazing pressure. All pressures less than or equal
to this pressure will be considered to be vacuum. Default:
13.238 Pa.
The temperature (\(^{o}\)C) of the gap in the time
of fabrication. It is used only when WindowThermalModel:Params
DeflectionModel = TemperatureAndPressureInput
The pressure (Pa) of the gap at the time of fabrication of
the sealed glazing system unitIt is used only when WindowThermalModel:Params
DeflectionModel = TemperatureAndPressureInput.
WindowThermalModel:Params,
ThermParam_59, !- name
ISO15099, !- standard
ISO15099, !- thermal model standard
1.00, !- SD scalar
NoDeflection; !- deflection model
An IDF example for thermal parameters (with
deflection):
WindowThermalModel:Params,
ThermParam_59, !- name
ISO15099, !- standard
ISO15099, !- thermal model standard
1.00, !- SD scalar
TemperatureAndPressureInput, !- deflection model
, !- vacuum pressure limit
21.00, !- temperature at time of fabrication
10000.00; !- pressure at time of fabrication
It is used to define the Basis Matrix for BSDF input data,
and is also used to define the actual BSDF matrices data for
the complete fenestration definition as well as the individual
layers of the system.
The data are entered in row-major order: all the elements
of row 1, followed by all the elements of row 2, etc. The
number of values to be entered depends on the number of rows
and the number of columns. Blank fields are treated as having
been set to zero.
See example IDF file “CmplxGlz_SmOff_IntExtShading.idf” for
the definition of two complex shading layers with matrix data
defined.
This object defines the construction for equivalent layer
window (ASHWAT) model. This window can model various mix of
glazing and shading layers combination. Shadings are defined
as an integral part of the construction. The construction is
defined by listing the layers name starting with outside layer
and work your way to the inside Layer. Up to six solid layers
(glazing and shade) and up to five gaps, i.e., a total of up
to 11 layers maximum are allowed in equivalent layer window
object. The solid layer types allowed are: Glazing, Insect
Screen, Roller Blinds, Venetian Blind, and Drape Fabrics. This
window model requires optical data of the individual glazing
and shading layers to calculate the effective optical
properties of the composite fenestration construction.
Venetian blinds in equivalent layer window model can be in a
fixed slat angle or has the option to control the slat angle
in order to maximize visibility, or maximize solar gains. An
equivalent-layer concept can simulate wide range of multiple
glazing and shading layers combination and provides unlimited
flexibility to combine different types of shading layers in a
fenestration. The equivalent-layer window model does not
support daylighting control. For the gap layer object any one
of the five different Gas types can be specified: AIR, ARGON,
XENON, KRYPTON, or CUSTOM. This window object is referenced by
fenestration surfaces. For details of the model description
refer to Equivalent Layer Fenestration Model section in
Engineering Reference. The various layer objects that can be
referenced in Equivalent Layer window model are:
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a
reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer
surface (ref: Fenestration) requires a construction name to
define what the make-up of the fenestration is. This name must
be identical to one of the WindowConstruction
Equivalent Layer definitions in the input data file.
Each equivalent layer window construction must have at
least one layer. This field defines the material name
associated with the layer on the outside of the
construction—outside referring to the side that is exposed to
the outdoor environment or another zone. Material
layers for equivalent layer window model are defined based on
their thermal properties elsewhere in the input file (ref:
WindowEquivalentLayerMaterialNames)
The next fields are optional and the number of them showing
up in a particular equivalent layer window construction
definition depends solely on the number of material layers
present in that construction. The data expected is identical
to the outside layer field (see previous field description).
The order of the remaining layers is important and should be
listed in order of occurrence from the one just inside the
outside layer until the inside layer is reached. As noted
above, the inside layer should NOT be a film coefficient since
EnergyPlus will calculate inside convection and radiation heat
transfer more precisely.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
Construction:WindowEquivalentLayer,
Six Solid Layers Window, !- Name
INSCRN, !- Outside Layer
Air GAP Outdoor 12.7mm, !- Layer 2
GLZGRY, !- Layer 3
Argon GAP Sealed 12.7mm, !- Layer 4
FEP, !- Layer 5
Xenon GAP Sealed 12.7mm, !- Layer 6
LOF1436, !- Layer 7
Krypton GAP Sealed 12.7mm, !- Layer 8
GLZCLR, !- Layer 9
Air GAP Indoor 12.7mm, !- Layer 10
ShadeTrns; !- Layer 11
The WINDOW program, which does a thermal and optical
analysis of a window under different design conditions, writes
a data file (“Window
data file”) containing a description of the window that was
analyzed. The Construction:WindowDataFile
object allows a window to be read in from the WINDOW data
file—see “Importing Windows from WINDOW.” For information on
adding a shading device to the window see “WindowShadingControl.”
This is the name of a window on the Window
data file. An error will result if EnergyPlus cannot find a
window of this name on the file, or if the file, shown in the
next field, is not present. The location of the data file
should be specified in the File Name field. For details on
what is done with the data if a matching window is found on
the file see “Importing Windows from WINDOW.”
This is the file name of the Window
data file that contains the Window
referenced in the previous field. The field may include a full
path with file name, for precise results. The field must be
<= 100 characters. The file name must not include commas or
an exclamation point. A relative path or a simple file name
should work with version 7.0 or later when using EP-Launch
even though EP-Launch uses temporary directories as part of
the execution of EnergyPlus. If using RunEPlus.bat to run
EnergyPlus from the command line, a relative path or a simple
file name may work if RunEPlus.bat is run from the folder that
contains EnergyPlus.exe.
If this field is left blank, the file name is defaulted to
Window5DataFile.dat.
Input Example
Construction:WindowDataFile,
DoubleClear; !- Name of a Window on the Window Data File
! Note -- Window5DataFile.dat is presumed to be in the "run" folder where EnergyPlus.exe is
FenestrationSurface:Detailed,
Zn001:Wall001:Win001, !- Name
Window, !- Class
DoubleClear, !- Construction Name
Zn001:Wall001, !- Base Surface Name, and Target (if applicable)
0.5, !- View Factor to Ground
, !- Frame/Divider name
1.0, !- Multiplier
4, !- Number of vertices
0.548, 0.0, 2.5000, !- X,Y,Z of Vertices
0.548, 0.0, 0.5000,
5.548, 0.0, 0.5000,
5.548, 0.0, 2.5000;
An example showing use of specific data file name and
complete path location follows:
Construction:WindowDataFile,
DoubleClear, !- Name of a Window on the Window Data File
C:\EnergyPlusData\DataSets\MyWindow.dat;
An optional report (contained in
eplusout.eio) gives calculational elements
for the materials and constructions used in the input. These
reports are explained fully in the Output Details and Examples
document.
If Optical Data Type = Spectral, the program
multiplies the solar and visible transmittance at each
wavelength by the dirt correction factor.↩︎
EnergyPlus does not model the “partially
translucent” case in which beam solar radiation incident on
the glass is transmitted as a combination of beam and
diffuse.↩︎
Group – Surface Construction Elements[LINK]
This group of objects describes the physical properties and configuration for the building envelope and interior elements. That is, the walls, roofs, floors, windows, doors for the building.
Specifying the Building Envelope[LINK]
Building element constructions in EnergyPlus are built from the basic thermal and other material property parameters in physical constructions. Materials are specified by types and named. Constructions are defined by the composition of materials. Finally, surfaces are specified for the building with geometric coordinates as well as referenced constructions.
Material and Material Properties[LINK]
There are several material “types” which may be used to describe layers within opaque construction elements. The choice of which of these types to use is left up to the user. However, some guidance as to which material type to use is appropriate before describing each in detail. The opaque types are:
Material
Material:NoMass
Material:AirGap
Material:RoofVegetation
Material:InfraredTransparent
Material is the “preferred” type of material. This requires knowledge of many of the thermal properties of the material, but it allows EnergyPlus to take into account the thermal mass of the material and thus allows the evaluation of transient conduction effects. Material:NoMass is similar in nature but only requires the thermal resistance (R-value) rather than the thickness, thermal conductivity, density, and specific heat. Note that using a simple R-value only material forces EnergyPlus to assume steady state heat conduction through this material layer. Finally, Material:AirGap should only be used for an air gap between other layers in a construction. This type assumes that air is sufficiently lightweight to require only an R-value. In addition, since it is not exposed to any external environment, surface properties such as absorptance are not necessary. Material:RoofVegetation is used to help model “green roofs”. Material:InfraredTransparent is used similarly to the NoMass materials. Each of these materials is described in more detail below.
There are several material additions that can be made to the basic material properties. These additional material types are:
MaterialProperty:MoisturePenetrationDepth:Settings
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:SorptionIsotherm
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Diffusion
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Settings
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Redistribution
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Suction
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:ThermalConductivity
MaterialProperty:PhaseChange
MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis
These material property objects are used in conjunction with the basic material specification and reference back to the name of the basic material type. Without the basic material type specified the program, will give a severe error and terminate. For example, specifying the moisture materials and changing the HeatBalanceAlgorithm to a moisture simulation will allow the moisture simulation to take place.
Material[LINK]
This definition should be used when the four main thermal properties (thickness, conductivity, density, and specific heat) of the material are known. This syntax is used to describe opaque construction elements only.
When a Material is used for the Construction of a building surface, care should be taken to not attempt to model assemblies that were not included in the intended scope of applicability for the underlying heat transfer models. The building surface models are for normal applications to building energy efficiency where the main focus is on assemblies with some thermal resistance. Extremely thin and/or highly conductive material layers should be neglected from the Construction rather than included because they will not contribute to the assembly’s overall thermal resistance or heat capacity. For some cases, thin and/or highly conductive materials are a serious problem for the heat transfer modeling and the values for thickness, conductivity, density and specific heat are checked for appropriateness. This check calculates the Material’s thermal diffusivity from the inputs for conductivity, density, and specific heat and compares it to a maximum threshold of \(10^{-5}\) (m\(^{2}\)/s). If the diffusivity is above this threshold, then the program checks if the layer is sufficiently thick and may issue a warning if it is too thin and highly conductive.
The absorptance values in this object impart surface properties to the construction and should be applied to the thermally significant inner and outer layers in the overall assembly. Attempting to trick the program by modeling thin “paint” layers to apply surface properties is not a good idea; the models were not intended to support such strategies.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data (ref: Construction object).
Field: Roughness[LINK]
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a particular material layer. This parameter only influences the convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior convection coefficient. A special keyword is expected in this field with the options being “VeryRough”, “Rough”, “MediumRough”, “MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”, and “VerySmooth” in order of roughest to smoothest options.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
This field characterizes the thickness of the material layer in meters. This should be the dimension of the layer in the direction perpendicular to the main path of heat conduction. This value must be a positive. Modeling layers thinner (less) than 0.003 m is not recommended; rather, add those properties to one of the adjacent layers.
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
This field is used to enter the thermal conductivity of the material layer. Units for this parameter are W/(m-K). Thermal conductivity must be greater than zero. Modeling layers with conductivity higher than 5.0 W/(m-K) is not recommended; however, this may be appropriate for non-surfaces such as pipes and TDDs (ref. DaylightingDevice:Tubular object).
Field: Density[LINK]
This field is used to enter the density of the material layer in units of kg/m\(^{3}\). Density must be a positive quantity. In some cases textbooks and references may use g/m\(^{3}\): be careful to not confuse units.
Field: Specific Heat[LINK]
This field represents the specific heat of the material layer in units of J/(kg-K). Note that these units are most likely different than those reported in textbooks and references which tend to use kJ/(kg-K) or J/(g-K). They were chosen for internal consistency within EnergyPlus. Only values of specific heat of 100 or larger are allowed. Typical ranges are from 800 to 2000 J/(kg-K).
Field: Thermal Absorptance[LINK]
The thermal absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident long wavelength (>2.5 microns) radiation that is absorbed by the material. This parameter is used when calculating the long wavelength radiant exchange between various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). For long wavelength radiant exchange, thermal emissivity and thermal emittance are equal to thermal absorptance. Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0 (with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). The default value for this field is 0.9.
Field: Solar Absorptance[LINK]
The solar absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation (0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\)) includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this field is 0.7.
Field: Visible Absorptance[LINK]
The visible absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible wavelength radiation (0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this field is 0.7.
An IDF example:
Material:NoMass[LINK]
Use this definition when only the thermal resistance (R value) of the material is known. This object is used to describe opaque construction elements.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data (ref: Construction object).
Field: Roughness[LINK]
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a particular material layer. This parameter only influences the convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior convection coefficient. A keyword is expected in this field with the options being “VeryRough”, “Rough”, “MediumRough”, “MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”, and “VerySmooth” in order of roughest to smoothest options.
Field: Thermal Resistance[LINK]
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance (R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are (m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal resistance must be greater than zero. Note that most R-values in the USA are calculated in Inch-Pound units and must be converted to the SI equivalent.
Field: Thermal Absorptance[LINK]
The thermal absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident long wavelength (>2.5 \(\mu{}m\)) radiation that is absorbed by the material. This parameter is used when calculating the long wavelength radiant exchange between various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). For long wavelength radiant exchange, thermal emissivity and thermal emittance are equal to thermal absorptance. Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0 (with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). The default value for this field is 0.9.
Field: Solar Absorptance[LINK]
The solar absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation (0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\)) includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this field is 0.7.
Field: Visible Absorptance[LINK]
The visible absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible wavelength radiation (0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value for this field is 0.7.
An IDF example:
Material:InfraredTransparent[LINK]
A Infrared Transparent surface is similar to a resistance-only surface. The surface will actually participate in the transfer of visible and solar radiation by doing a wavelength transformation and making all short wave length radiation that is incident on the surface into long wave length radiation and having it participate in the long wavelength radiant exchange. Note the ConvectionCoefficient instructions that follow the Infrared Transparent construction object below.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field contains the unique name (across all Material objects) for the Infrared Transparent material.
A Infrared Transparent surface should not participate in a convective/conductive exchange between the zones it separates. In order to minimize this effect, the ConvectionCoefficients object must be used for the surfaces referencing the Infrared Transparent (IRT) construction.
An example idf object specification for use with the IRT surface is shown below. Note that surfaces are not described in this example
Material:AirGap[LINK]
This material is used to describe the air gap in an opaque construction element. Glass elements use a different property (WindowGas) to describe the air between two glass layers.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data (ref: Construction object).
Field: Thermal Resistance[LINK]
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance (R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are (m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal resistance must be greater than zero. Note that most R-values in the USA are calculated in Inch-Pound units and must be converted to the SI equivalent.
An IDF example:
MaterialProperty:MoisturePenetrationDepth:Settings[LINK]
This material is used to describe the nine moisture material properties that are used in the EMPD (Effective Moisture Penetration Depth) heat balance solution algorithm. The EMPD algorithm is a simplified, lumped moisture model that simulates moisture storage and release from interior surfaces. The model uses convective mass transfer coefficients that are determined by existing heat and mass transfer relationships, e.g. the Lewis relation. The EMPD model includes two fictitious layers of material with uniform moisture content: a surface layer, which accounts for short-term moisture buffering, and a deep layer, which accounts for more slowly responding moisture buffering. The model calculates the moisture transfer between the air and the surface layer and between the surface layer and the deep layer. This moisture transfer impacts the zone humidity, and also impacts the zone temperature through latent-to-sensible conversion from the heat of adsorption.
This moisture model is used when the appropriate EMPD moisture materials are specified and the Solution Algorithm parameter is set to MoisturePenetrationDepthConductionTransferFunction.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data (ref: Construction object).
Field: Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor[LINK]
The vapor diffusion resistance factor is the resistance to water vapor diffusion relative to the resistance to water vapor diffusion in stagnant air. In other words, \(\mu\) equals 1 for air, and is generally greater than 1 for building materials.
The equation for \(\mu\) is:
\[\mu = \frac {\delta_{perm,air}} {\delta_{perm}}\]
where \(\delta_{perm,air}\) is the permeability of water vapor in air [kg/m-s-Pa], and \(\delta_{perm}\) is the permeability of water vapor in the material. The permeability of water vapor in air can be estimated as:
\[\delta_{perm,air} = \frac {2 \times 10^{-7} \cdot T^{0.81}} {P_{ambient}}\]
where \(T\) is the temperature [C] and \(P_{ambient}\) the ambient atmospheric pressure [Pa].
Fields: Moisture equilibrium constants[LINK]
The next four fields, coefficients a, b, c, and d, define the sorption isotherm curve used for building materials under equilibrium conditions. They define the relationship between the material’s moisture content and the surface air relative humidity (ref: Effective Moisture Penetration Depth (EMPD) Model in the Engineering Reference):
\[u = a \cdot \phi^b + c \cdot \phi^d\]
where
\(a,b,c,d\) = Coefficients to define the relationship between the material’s moisture content and the surface air relative humidity;
\(u\) = Moisture content defined as the mass fraction of water contained in a material, per mass of dry material [kg/kg];
\(\phi\) = Surface air relative humidity [0 to 1].
Field: Surface Layer Penetration Depth[LINK]
The Surface Layer Penetration Depth is the fictitious thickness of the surface layer in meters, and is used to calculate the volume of material that participates in short-term moisture transfer and storage. This layer has a uniform moisture content, and can be considered a lumped-capacitance. The penetration depth is based on the amount of material that interacts with the zone air when subject to a cyclic relative humidity variation. It also impacts the mass transfer resistance between the zone air and this layer, with thinner depths resulting in lower mass transfer resistances (ref: Effective Moisture Penetration Depth (EMPD) Model in the Engineering Reference). For this reason very small values can lead to instabilities depending on the timestep.The surface penetration depth can be estimated with the following equation:
\[d_{EMPD,surf} = \sqrt{\frac{\delta_{perm} P_{sat} \tau_{surf}}{\rho_{material} \frac{du}{d\phi} \pi}}\]
where
\(\delta_{perm}\) = water vapor permeability in the material, kg/m-s-Pa (see Vapor diffusion resistance factor above);
\(P_{sat}\) = saturated vapor pressure at some nominal temperature, Pa;
\(\tau_{surf}\) = cycle period of typical RH variations, s. 24 hours (86,400 s) is often used.
\(\rho_{material}\) = dry density of material, kg/m\(^3\);
\(\frac{du}{d\phi}\) = slope of moisture soprtion curve, \(a b \phi^{b-1} + c d \phi^{d-1}\).
If this field is left blank or set to
autocalculate, the above equation will be used to calculate the surface layer penetration depth assuming a \(\tau_{surf}\) of 24 hours.To use a period different than 24 hours, the equation above can be used to calculate the penetration depth based on a different value of \(\tau_{surf}\). The penetration depth can also be entered as an empirical value, as in Woods and Winkler, 2016. If calculating \(d_{EMPD,surf}\), the assumed value of \(\tau_{surf}\) should not be less than 4x the simulation timestep to ensure an accurate and stable solution.
Field: Deep Layer Penetration Depth[LINK]
The Deep Layer Penetration Depth is the fictitious thickness of the deep layer in meters, and is used to calculate the volume of material that participates in long-term moisture transfer and storage. This layer has a uniform moisture content, and can be considered a lumped-capacitance. The deep penetration depth is based on the amount of material that interacts with the surface layer when subject to cyclic relative humidity variation. The deep penetration depth can be estimated with the following equation:
\[d_{EMPD,deep} = \sqrt{\frac{\delta_{perm} P_{sat} \tau_{deep}} {\rho_{material} \frac{du}{d\phi} \pi}}\]
where each term is the same as the surface layer, except that the cycle period is different. This is usually on the order of weeks for the deep layer.
If this field is left blank or set to
autocalculate, the above equation will be used to calculate the deep layer penetration depth assuming a \(\tau_{deep}\) of three weeks. To use a period different than 3 weeks, the equation above can be used to calculate the penetration depth based on a different value of \(\tau_{deep}\). The penetration depth can also be entered as an empirical value, as in Woods and Winkler, 2016.Field: Coating Layer Thickness[LINK]
The Coating Layer Thickness (in meters) adds an additional resistance between the surface layer and the zone and represents a thin coating, such as paint, plaster, or other wall coverings.
This input is optional, and an input of zero implies no coating.
Field: Coating Layer Water Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor[LINK]
The vapor diffusion resistance factor of the coating is the coating’s resistance to water vapor diffusion relative to the resistance to water vapor diffusion in stagnant air (see Vapor diffusion resistance factor section above).
This input is optional, and an input of zero implies no coating.
Below are two IDF examples:
This set of inputs can be used for aerated concrete (assuming linear sorption curve). Density, input elsewhere, is 650 kg/m\(^3\):
This set of inputs is for gypsum board with density 750 kg/m\(^3\). This also assumes 2 coats of latex paint:
Finally, here are values representing the empirical whole-house inputs from Woods et al., 2014 (see Engineering Reference). Density is 800 kg/m\(^3\):
Other materials inputs can be estimated using the equations above and material properties from a variety of sources, such as Kumaran, 1996, the WUFI simulation software, or the ASHRAE 1018-RP report.
Outputs[LINK]
EMPD Surface Inside Face Water Vapor Density [kg/m3][LINK]
The vapor density at the inside face of the surface, where the EMPD moisture balance solution algorithm is applied. This is the actual surface, separated from the zone air only by the convective mass transfer coefficient.
Units are kg of water per cubic meter of air.
EMPD Surface Layer Moisture Content [kg/kg][LINK]
The moisture content, u, of the fictitious surface layer. The surface layer node is not at the actual surface, but is instead at the center of surface layer, which has a uniform moisture content. This node is separated from the inside face of the surface by a diffusive resistance, as described in the Engineering Reference.
Units are kg of water per kg of solid material (e.g., gypsum).
EMPD Deep Layer Moisture Content [kg/kg][LINK]
The moisture content, u, of the fictitious deep layer. The deep layer node interacts only with the surface layer node through a diffusive resistance.
Units are kg of water per kg of solid material.
EMPD Surface Layer Equivalent Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
The equivalent relative humidity of the surface layer, converted from the surface-layer moisture content discussed above and the surface temperature. The moisture content is related to the relative humidity through the slope of the moisture curve, the surface penetration depth, and the material density, as discussed in the engineering reference.
EMPD Deep Layer Equivalent Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
The equivalent relative humidity of the deep layer, converted from the deep-layer moisture content discussed above and the surface temperature.
EMPD Surface Layer Equivalent Humidity Ratio [kgWater/kgDryAir][LINK]
The equivalent humidity ratio of the surface layer. Units are kg of water per kg of dry air.
EMPD Deep Layer Equivalent Humidity Ratio [kgWater/kgDryAir][LINK]
The equivalent humidity ratio of the deep layer. Units are kg of water per kg of dry air.
EMPD Surface Moisture Flux to Zone [kg/m2-s][LINK]
The mass flux of water vapor from the surface layer of a specific surface to the zone air. A positive mass flux is from the surface to the zone.
EMPD Deep Layer Moisture Flux [kg/m2-s][LINK]
The mass flux of water vapor from the deep layer of a specific surface to the surface layer of that surface. A positive flux is from the surface layer to the deep layer.
MaterialProperty:PhaseChange[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage: This material is used to describe the temperature dependent material properties that are used in the Conduction Finite Difference solution algorithm. This conduction model is done when the appropriate materials are specified and the Solution Algorithm parameter is set toConductionFiniteDifference. This permits simulating temperature dependent thermal conductivity and phase change materials (PCM) in EnergyPlus.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a regular material name specifying the material with which this additional temperature dependent property information will be associated.
Field: Temperature Coefficient for Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
This field is used to enter the temperature dependent coefficient for thermal conductivity of the material. Units for this parameter are (W/(m-K\(^{2}\)). This is the thermal conductivity change per unit temperature excursion from 20 C. The conductivity value at 20 C is the one specified with the basic material properties of the regular material specified in the name field. The thermal conductivity is obtained from:
\[k = {k_o} + {k_1}({T_i} - 20)\]
where:
k\(_{o}\) is the 20\(^\circ\)C value of thermal conductivity(normal idf input);
k\(_{1}\) is the change in conductivity per degree temperature difference from 20\(^\circ\)C;
Field Set: Temperature-Enthalpy[LINK]
The temperature-enthalpy set of inputs specify a two column tabular temperature-enthalpy function for the basic material. Sixteen pairs can be specified. Specify only the number of pairs necessary. The tabular function must cover the entire temperature range that will be seen by the material in the simulation. It is suggested that the function start at a low temperature, and extend to 100\(^\circ\)C. Note that the function has no negative slopes and the lowest slope that will occur is the base material specific heat. Temperature values should be strictly increasing. Enthalpy contributions of the phase change are always added to the enthalpy that would result from a constant specific heat base material. An example of a simple Enthalpy Temperature function is shown below.
Field: Temperature x[LINK]
This field is used to specify the temperature of the temperature-enthalpy function for the basic material. Units are in degree Celsius.
Field: Enthalpy x[LINK]
This field specifies the enthalpy that corresponds to the previous temperature of the temperature-enthalpy function. Units are J/kg.
And, an IDF example showing how it is used in conjunction with the Material:
Note, the following Heat Balance Algorithm is necessary (only specified once). Also, when using ConductionFiniteDifference, it is more efficient to set the zone timestep shorter than those used for the ConductionTransferFunction solution algorithm. It should be set to 12 timesteps per hour or greater, and can range up to 60.
MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis[LINK]
This object is used to describe an advanced level of physics belonging to phase change materials used in building envelopes. The base phase change input object describes a single process curve whereby a material moves from a crystallized to liquid state and back. This input object adds a hysteresis effect, allowing the melting/freezing process to follow different curves, representing an effect that is commonly seen in actual building envelope phase change material applications.
This object also allows users to enter characteristic properties of the processes instead of a detailed temperature/enthalpy curve, making it more amenable for studies in which the user does not have the detailed test data required to generate the temperature/enthalpy curve. For more information on the use of phase change materials (PCM) with hysteresis, see the Conduction Finite Difference Solution Algorithm section of the EnergyPlus Engineering Reference document.
Inputs[LINK]
The MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis object includes the following inputs. For the characteristic curve properties, see the engineering reference.
Field: Name[LINK]
This input must match the name of a material defined elsewhere within EnergyPlus. The thermal properties of that material are then overridden by the properties defined in this object.
Field: Latent Heat during the Entire Phase Change Process[LINK]
This is the total amount of latent heat absorbed or discharged during the transition from solid to liquid or back, in Joules. The shapes of the enthalpy curves differ based on direction, but the total amount of energy from one state to the other does not.
Field: Liquid State Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
This is the constant thermal conductivity used while the material is fully liquid, in W/m-K.
Field: Liquid State Density[LINK]
This is the constant density while the material is fully liquid, in kg/m3.
Field: Liquid State Specific Heat[LINK]
This is the constant specific heat while the material is fully liquid, in J/kg-K.
Field: High Temperature Difference of Melting Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat melting curve, on the high side of the peak melting temperature, in degree Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
Field: Peak Melting Temperature[LINK]
This is the center (peak) of the melting curve, in Celsius.
Field: Low Temperature Difference of Melting Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat melting curve, on the low side of the peak melting temperature, in Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
Field: Solid State Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
This is the constant thermal conductivity used while the material is fully solid, in W/m-K.
Field: Solid State Density[LINK]
This is the constant density while the material is fully solid, in kg/m3.
Field: Solid State Specific Heat[LINK]
This is the constant specific heat while the material is fully crystallized, in J/kg-K.
Field: High Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat freezing curve, on the high side of the peak freezing temperature, in Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
Field: Peak Freezing Temperature[LINK]
This is the center (peak) of the freezing curve, in Celsius. This will generally be lower than the peak melting temperature based on empirical data. Note, however, that EnergyPlus does allow users to specify a peak freezing temperature that is higher than the peak melting temperature.
Field: Low Temperature Difference of Freezing Curve[LINK]
This is the width of the enthalpy/specific heat freezing curve, on the low side of the peak freezing temperature, in Celsius (technically it is “change in Celsius”).
An IDF example using hysteresis in conjunction with an actual Material definition is shown below. This example includes the specification of the Heat Balance Algorithm and Timestep to show appropriate values for these inputs when MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis is used. Heat Balance Algorithm and Timestep are only specified once in a particular idf file. Note that when using ConductionFiniteDifference, it is more efficient to set the zone timestep shorter than those used for the ConductionTransferFunction solution algorithm. It should be set to 12 timesteps per hour or greater and can range up to 60.
Outputs[LINK]
The MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis object also includes the following outputs. The Conduction Finite Difference solution algorithm uses a finite difference solution technique where the surfaces are divided into a nodal arrangement. These outputs are specific to Conduction Finite Difference solution.
The following output variables are applicable to all opaque heat transfer surfaces when using Solution Algorithms ConductionFiniteDifference. Note that the “X” in the list and descriptions below must be replaced by a number that indicates the node at which the variables are being reported. So, for example, to report the surface temperature for node 7, one would use “CondFD Surface Temperature Node 7”.
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change State <X> []
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Previous State <X> []
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Node Temperature <X> [C]
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Node Conductivity <X> [W/m-K]
Zone,Average,CondFD Phase Change Node Specific Heat <X> [J/kg-K]
CondFD Phase Change State [][LINK]
This outputs the current phase classification for the node. The values for this output relate to the following phase categories:
-2 = liquid
-1 = melting
0 = transition
1 = freezing
2 = crystallized
CondFD Phase Change Previous State [][LINK]
This outputs the previous phase classification for the node. The values for this output are the same as for the output CondFD Phase Change State above.
CondFD Phase Change Node Temperature <X> [C][LINK]
This will output temperatures for a node in the surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is specific to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference solution technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis object in the input file. The units for this output field are degrees Celsius.
CondFD Phase Change Node Conductivity <X> [W/m-K][LINK]
This will output the conductivity for a node in the surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is specific to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference solution technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis object in the input file. The units for this output field are W/m-K.
CondFD Phase Change Node Specific Heat <X> [J/kg-K][LINK]
This will output the specific heat for a node in the surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file. This output is specific to surfaces that use the Conduction Finite Difference solution technique and have a MaterialProperty:PhaseChangeHysteresis object in the input file. The units for this output field are J/kg-K.
MaterialProperty:VariableThermalConductivity[LINK]
This object is used to describe the temperature dependent material properties that are used in the CondFD (Conduction Finite Difference) solution algorithm. This conduction model is used when the appropriate CondFD materials are specified and the Solution Algorithm parameter is set to condFD.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a regular material name specifying the material with which this additional temperature dependent property information will be associated.
Field Set: Temperature-Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
The temperature – conductivity set of inputs specify a two column tabular temperature-thermal conductivity function for the basic material. Ten pairs can be specified. Specify only the number of pairs necessary. Temperature values should be strictly increasing.
Field: Temperature x[LINK]
This field is used to specify the temperature of the temperature-conductivity function for the basic material. Units are C.
Field: Thermal Conductivity x[LINK]
This field specifies the conductivity that corresponds to the temperature (previous field) of the temperature-conductivity function. Units are W/m-K.
And, an IDF example showing how it is used in conjunction with the Materials:
Note, the following Heat Balance Algorithm is necessary (only specified once). Also, when using Conduction Finite Difference, it is more efficient to set the zone time step shorter than those used for the Conduction Transfer Function solution algorithm. It should be set to 12 time steps per hour or greater, and can range up to 60.
Outputs[LINK]
The Conduction Finite Difference solution algorithm uses a finite difference solution technique where the surfaces are divided into a nodal arrangement. These outputs are specific to Conduction Finite Difference solution.
The following output variables are applicable to all opaque heat transfer surfaces when using Solution Algorithms ConductionFiniteDifference. Note that the “X” in the list and descriptions below must be replaced by a number that indicates the Node at which the variables are being reported. So, for example, to report the surface temperature for node 7, one would use “CondFD Surface Temperature Node 7”.
Zone,Sum,CondFD Inner Solver Loop Iteration Count []
Zone,Average,CondFD Surface Temperature Node <X> [C]
Zone,Average,CondFD Surface Heat Flux Node <X> [W/m2]
Zone,Average,CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance Outer Half Node <X> [W/m2-K]
Zone,Average,CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance Inner Half Node <X> [W/m2-K]
CondFD Inner Solver Loop Iteration Count [][LINK]
This outputs the count of iterations on the inner solver loop of CondFD for each surface.
CondFD Surface Temperature Node <X> [C][LINK]
This will output temperatures for a node in the surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The key values for this output variable are the surface name. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file.
CondFD Surface Heat Flux Node <X> [W/m2][LINK]
This will output heat flux at each node in surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The key values for this output variable are the surface name. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file. A positive value indicates heat flowing towards the inside face of the surface. Note that this matches the sign convention for Surface Inside Face Conduction Heat Transfer Rate per Area and is opposite the sign of Surface Outside Face Conduction Heat Transfer Rate per Area.
CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance Outer Half Node <X> [W/m2-K][LINK]
CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance Inner Half Node <X> [W/m2-K][LINK]
These will output the half-node heat capacitance in surfaces being simulated with ConductionFiniteDifference. The key values for this output variable are the surface name. The nodes are numbered from outside to inside of the surface. The full listing will appear in the RDD file. For this output, the heat capacitance is defined as the product of specific heat, density, and node thickness. Zero is reported for R-layer half-nodes and for undefined half-nodes. There is no outer half-node for Node 1 which is the outside face of the surface, and there is no inner half-node for Node N which is the inside face of the surface. CondFD Surface Heat Capacitance is only available when the user includes a Output:Diagnostics, DisplayAdvancedReportVariables designation in the input file.
MaterialProperty:VariableAbsorptance[LINK]
This object is used to describe a dynamic coating material applied on the outside of opaque exterior walls or roofs. The object will modify the thermal or solar absorptance of the outside surface of an existing material defined in the field “Reference Material Name”. The variation of the thermal or solar absorptance of the coating can be driven by any of the following four control variables: surface temperature, surface received solar radiation, zone heating/cooling mode, or a schedule. If both the thermal and the solar absorptance are varying, the control signals are assumed to be the same, but different functions/schedules are allowed. The material can have a variable thermal absorptance and a constant solar absorptance, or a constant thermal absorptance and a variable solar absorptance. Note that the variable-absorptance coatings modeled with this object are not exactly equivalent to those modeled with EMS. This object only adjusts the thermal or solar absorptance of the exterior surfaces, while the EMS approach overwrites the absorptance of both the interior and exterior surfaces.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the variable absorptance material property object.
Field: Reference Material Name[LINK]
This field is a regular material name specifying the material with which this additional variable absorptance property information will be associated.
Field: Control Signal[LINK]
It can be one of the following: surface temperature, surface received solar radiation, zone heating/cooling mode, or a schedule. If the control signal is “Scheduled”, then a schedule needs to be specified in “Thermal Absorptance Schedule Name” or “Solar Absorptance Schedule Name”. The schedule value will override the material absorptance value. If the control signal is not “Scheduled”, then the control signal value at the target surface or zone will decide the absorptance, based on the function referenced in “Thermal Absorptance Function Name” or “Solar Absorptance Function Name”. If not specified, the control signal will assumed to be surface temperature.
Field: Thermal Absorptance Function Name[LINK]
The name of a Curve or a Table:Lookup object describing the relationship between the control signal and the thermal absorptance.
Field: Thermal Absorptance Schedule Name[LINK]
The name of a Schedule object that overwrites the material thermal absorptance. If neither this field or the previous field are defined, then the thermal absorptance is assumed to be constant
Field: Solar Absorptance Function Name[LINK]
The name of a Curve or a Table:Lookup object describing the relationship between the control signal and the solar absorptance.
Field: Solar Absorptance Schedule Name[LINK]
The name of a Schedule object that overwrites the material solar absorptance. If neither this field or the previous field are defined, then the solar absorptance is assumed to be constant
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Settings[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage: This object is used to describe two of the seven additional material properties needed for the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm. The settings object is used when the solutions algorithm is set to CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement and the appropriate material properties are assigned to each material. This permits the simulation of the moisture dependent thermal properties of the material as well as the transfer of moisture through, into and out of the material into the zone or exterior.
In addition to the Porosity and Initial Water content properties described here, five additional properties, described by tabulated relationships between variables, are required. These properties are;
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:SorptionIsotherm
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Suction
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Redistribution
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Diffusion
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:ThermalConductivity
All materials in a construction are required to have all material properties defined for HAMT to work.
Within the MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Settings object the following fields are defined.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Porosity[LINK]
The porosity of a material is the maximum fraction, by volume, of a material that can be taken up with water. The units are [m3/m3].
Field: Initial Water Content Ratio[LINK]
For this solution algorithm, the initial water content is assumed to be distributed evenly through the depth of the material. The units are [kg/kg].
Below is an example input for the porosity and initial water content of a material.
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:SorptionIsotherm[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage: This material property is used in conjunction with the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm.
The Isotherm data relates the moisture, or water content [kg/m3] of a material with the relative humidity (RH). The water content is expected to increase as relative humidity increases, starting at zero content at 0.0 relative humidity fraction and reaching a maximum, defined by the porosity, at 1.0 relative humidity fraction, which corresponds to 100% relative humidity. Relative humidities are entered as fraction for this object ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. These two extremes (0.0 and 1.0) are automatically set by the HAMT solution. However, if they are entered they will be used as extra data points. Data should be provided with increasing RH and moisture content up to as high an RH as possible to provide a stable solution. One possible reason for the following error message may be that a material has a very rapid increase in water content for a small change in RH, which can happen if the last entered water content point is at a low RH and the material has a very high porosity.
Another potential reason for this error being generated is the use of inappropriate values for Vapor Transfer Coefficients. See the SurfaceProperties:VaporCoefficients object in the Advanced Surface Concepts group.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Number of data Coordinates[LINK]
A maximum of 25 coordinates can be specified.
Field Set: Relative Humidity-Moisture Content[LINK]
Field: Relative Humidity Fraction x[LINK]
The relative humidity of the x\(^{th}\) coordinate. The relative humidity is entered as fraction, not in percent.
Field: Moisture Content x[LINK]
The Moisture Content of the x\(^{th}\) coordinate. The units are [kg/m3]
Below is an example input for a material isotherm
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Suction[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage:This material property is used in conjunction with the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm.
The suction data relates the liquid transport coefficient, under suction, to the water content of a material. A data point at zero water content is required. The liquid transport coefficient at the highest entered water content value is used for all liquid transport coefficient values above this water content. These coefficients are used by HAMT when the rain flag is set in the weather file.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Number of Suction points[LINK]
A maximum of 25 points can be specified.
Field Set: Moisture Content-Liquid Transport Coefficient[LINK]
Field: Moisture Content x[LINK]
The moisture content of the x\(^{th}\) point. The units are [kg/m3].
Field: Liquid Transport Coefficient x[LINK]
The Liquid Transport Coefficient of the x\(^{th}\) point. The units are [m2/s].
Below is an example input for a material liquid transport coefficient under suction.
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Redistribution[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage:This material property is used in conjunction with the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm.
The redistribution data relates the liquid transport coefficient to the water content of a material under normal conditions. A data point at zero water content is required. The liquid transport coefficient at the highest entered water content value is used for all liquid transport coefficient values above this water content. These coefficients are used by the Heat and Moisture Transfer algorithm when the rain flag is NOT set in the weather file.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Number of Redistribution points[LINK]
A maximum of 25 points can be specified.
Field Set: Moisture Content–Liquid Transport Coefficient[LINK]
Field: Moisture Content x[LINK]
The moisture content of the x\(^{th}\) point. The units are [kg/m3].
Field: Liquid Transport Coefficient x[LINK]
The Liquid Transport Coefficient of the x\(^{th}\) point. The units are [m2/s].
Below is an example input for the object.
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:Diffusion[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage:This material property is used in conjunction with the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm.
The MU data relates the vapor diffusion resistance factor (dimensionless) to the relative humidity as fraction(RH). A data point at zero RH is required. The vapor diffusion resistance factor at the highest entered relative humidity (RH) value is used for all vapor diffusion resistance factor values above this RH. The relative humidity maximum value in fraction is 1.0.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Number of Data Pairs[LINK]
A maximum of 25 pairs can be specified.
Field Set: Relative Humidity-Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor[LINK]
Field: Relative Humidity Fraction #x[LINK]
The moisture content of the x\(^{th}\) pair. The relative humidity is entered as fraction, not in percent.
Field: Vapor Diffusion Resistance Factor #x[LINK]
The Liquid Transport Coefficient of the x\(^{th}\) pair.
Below are some examples of the values for materials.
MaterialProperty:HeatAndMoistureTransfer:ThermalConductivity[LINK]
Advanced/Research Usage:This material property is used in conjunction with the CombinedHeatAndMoistureFiniteElement heat balance solution algorithm.
The thermal data relates the thermal conductivity [W/m-K] of a material to the moisture or water content [kg/m3]. A data point at zero water content is required. The thermal conductivity at the highest entered water content value is used for all thermal conductivity values above this water content. If this object is not defined for a material then the algorithm will use a constant value entered in the Material object for all water contents.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Material Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Number of Thermal Coordinates[LINK]
A maximum of 25 coordinates can be specified.
Field Set: Moisture Content- Thermal Conductivity[LINK]
Field: Moisture Content x[LINK]
The moisture content of the x\(^{th}\) coordinate. The units are [kg/m3]
Field: Thermal Conductivity x[LINK]
The Thermal Conductivity of the x\(^{th}\) coordinate. The units are [W/m-K]
Below is an example of values for a material.
Surface Outputs[LINK]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Average Water Content Ratio [kg/kg]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Inside Face Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Inside Face Relative Humidity [%]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Inside Face Vapor Pressure [Pa]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Outside Face Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Outside Face Relative Humidity [%]
HAMT Surface Average Water Content Ratio [kg/kg][LINK]
This output is the summed water content [kg/kg] of all cells in a surface expressed as a fraction of the mass of the water to the material mass.
HAMT Surface Inside Face Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature [C] on the internal “surface” of the surface.
HAMT Surface Inside Face Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
HAMT Surface Inside Face Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
This output is the relative humidity on the internal “surface” of the surface expressed as a percentage.
HAMT Surface Inside Face Vapor Pressure [Pa][LINK]
This output is the vapor pressure [Pa] on the internal “surface” of the surface.
HAMT Surface Outside Face Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature on the external “surface” of the surface.
HAMT Surface Outside Face Relative Humidity [%][LINK]
This output is the relative humidity on the external “surface” of the surface.
Internal Cell Outputs[LINK]
Detailed profile data for the variables Temperature [C], Relative Humidity [%] and Water Content [kg/kg] within each surface can also be reported. To calculate the heat and moisture transfer through surfaces HAMT splits up surfaces into discrete cells. Each cell is composed of a single material and has a position within the surface. HAMT automatically assigns cells to construction objects so that there are more cells closer to boundaries between materials and also at the “surfaces” of the surface. It is not possible for users to define their own cells.
Each surface is made from a particular construction. The construction-surface relationship is output by HAMT to the eplusout.eio file with the following format. The output also contains the HAMT cell origins and cell number for each surface combination. The coordinate system origin is defined as the exterior surface of the construction.
Users can select any one of the Temperature, Relative Humidity or Water Content variables for any cell to be reported, using the following naming scheme for the output variable.
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Temperature Cell N [C]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Water Content Cell N [kg/kg]
Zone,Average,HAMT Surface Relative Humidity Cell N [%]
HAMT Surface Relative Humidity Cell <N> [%][LINK]
This is the relative humidity of the cell in the surface.
HAMT Surface Temperature Cell <N> [C][LINK]
This is the temperature of the cell in the surface.
HAMT Surface Water Content Cell <N> [kg/kg][LINK]
This is the relative water content of the cell in the surface.
Materials for Glass Windows and Doors[LINK]
All the materials for glass windows and doors have the prefix “WindowMaterial”. The following WindowMaterial descriptions (Glazing, Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod, Gas, GasMixture, Shade, Screen and Blind) apply to glass windows and doors. The property definitions described herein for Glazing, Gas and GasMixture are supported by the National Fenestration Rating Council as standard.
“Front side” is the side of the layer opposite the zone in which the window is defined. “Back side” is the side closest to the zone in which the window is defined. Therefore, for exterior windows, “front side” is the side closest to the outdoors. For interior windows, “front side” is the side closest to the zone adjacent to the zone in which the window is defined.
The solar radiation transmitted by the window layers enters the zone and is a component of the zone load. The solar radiation absorbed in each solid layer (glass, shade, screen or blind) participates in the window layer heat balance calculation. The visible transmittance and reflectance properties of the window are used in the daylighting calculation.
WindowMaterial:Glazing[LINK]
In the following, for exterior windows, “front side” is the side of the glass closest to the outside air and “back side” is the side closest to the zone the window is defined in. For interzone windows, “front side” is the side closest to the zone adjacent to the zone the window is defined in and “back side” is the side closest to the zone the window is defined in.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the glass layer. It corresponds to a layer in a window construction.
Field: Optical Data Type[LINK]
Valid values for this field are SpectralAverage, Spectral, SpectralAndAngle, and BSDF.
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage, the values you enter for solar transmittance and reflectance are assumed to be averaged over the solar spectrum, and the values you enter for visible transmittance and reflectance are assumed to be averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Glazing that contains spectral average properties for many different types of glass.
If Optical Data Type = Spectral, then, in the following field, you must enter the name of a spectral data set defined with the WindowGlassSpectralData object. In this case, the values of solar and visible transmittance and reflectance in the fields below should be blank.
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, then, in the last 3 fields, you must enter the name of a spectral and angle data set defined with a curve or table object with two independent variables. In this case, the Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name should be blank, and the values of solar and visible transmittance and reflectance in the fields below should be blank.
If Optical Data Type = BSDF, the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object must be used to define the window construction layers. In this case, the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object contains references to the BSDF files which contain the optical properties of the Complex Fenestration layers.
Field: Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = Spectral, this is the name of a spectral data set defined with a WindowGlassSpectralData object.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The surface-to-surface thickness of the glass (m).
Field: Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
For uncoated glass, when alternative optical properties are available—such as thickness, solar index of refraction, and solar extinction coefficient—they can be converted to equivalent solar transmittance and reflectance values using the equations given in “Glass Optical Properties Conversion.”
Field: Front Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Front-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field: Back Side Solar Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Back-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field: Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
For uncoated glass, when alternative optical properties are available—such as thickness, visible index of refraction, and visible extinction coefficient—they can be converted to equivalent visible transmittance and reflectance values using the equations given in “Glass Optical Properties Conversion.”
Field: Front Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Front-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field: Back Side Visible Reflectance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Back-side reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage.
Field: Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Long-wave transmittance at normal incidence.
Field: Front Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Front-side long-wave emissivity.
Field: Back Side Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Back-side long-wave emissivity.
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
Thermal conductivity (W/m-K).
Field: Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This is a factor that corrects for the presence of dirt on the glass. The program multiplies the fields “Solar Transmittance at Normal Incidence” and “Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence” by this factor if the material is used as the outer glass layer of an exterior window or glass door.1 If the material is used as an inner glass layer (in double glazing, for example), the dirt correction factor is not applied because inner glass layers are assumed to be clean. Using a material with dirt correction factor < 1.0 in the construction for an interior window will result in an error message.
Representative values of the dirt correction factor are shown in Table 1.
The default value of the dirt correction factor is 1.0, which means the glass is clean.
It is assumed that dirt, if present, has no effect on the IR properties of the glass.
Field: Solar Diffusing[LINK]
Takes values No (the default) and Yes. If No, the glass is transparent and beam solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as beam radiation with no diffuse component. If Yes, the glass is translucent and beam solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as hemispherically diffuse radiation with no beam component.2 See Figure 2. Solar Diffusing = Yes should only be used on the innermost pane of glass in an exterior window; it does not apply to interior windows.
For both Solar Diffusing = No and Yes, beam is reflected as beam with no diffuse component (see Figure 2). Solar Diffusing cannot be used with Window Shading Control devices (except Switchable Glazing). When attempted, the window property will be set to No for Solar Diffusing. The Surface Details report will reflect the override.
If, in the Building object, Solar Distribution = FullInteriorAndExterior, use of Solar Diffusing = Yes for glass in an exterior window will change the distribution of interior solar radiation from the window. The result is that beam solar radiation that would be transmitted by a transparent window and get absorbed by particular interior surfaces will be diffused by a translucent window and be spread over more interior surfaces. This can change the time dependence of heating and cooling loads in the zone.
In a zone with Daylighting:Detailed, translucent glazing—which is often used in skylights—will provide a more uniform daylight illuminance over the zone and will avoid patches of sunlight on the floor.
Field: Young’s modulus[LINK]
A measure of the stiffness of an elastic material. It is defined as the ratio of the uniaxial stress over the uniaxial strain in the range of stress in which Hooke’s Law holds. It is used only with complex fenestration systems defined through the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object. The default value for glass is 7.2\(\times\)10\(^{10}\) Pa.
Field: Poisson’s ratio[LINK]
The ratio, when a sample object is stretched, of the contraction or transverse strain (perpendicular to the applied load), to the extension or axial strain (in the direction of the applied load). This value is used only with complex fenestration systems defined through the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object. The default value for glass is 0.22.
Field: Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Transmittance Data Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name of a spectral and angle data set of transmittance defined with a curve or table object with two independent variables. The first and second independent variables must be Angle, and Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each incident angle internally.
Field: Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Front Reflectance Data Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name of a spectral and angle data set of front reflectance defined with a curve or table object with two independent variables. The first and second independent variables must be Angle, and Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each incident angle internally.
Field: Window Glass Spectral and Incident Angle Back Reflectance Data Set Table Name[LINK]
If Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle, this is the name of a spectral and angle data set of back reflectance defined with a curve or table object with two independent variables. The first and second independent variables must be Angle, and Wavelength, respectively. The restriction is based on internal dataset use. Each dataset is divided into subsets for each incident angle internally.
It should be pointed out that when Optical Data Type = SpectralAndAngle for a glass layer in a construction, the table input data are converted into polynomial curve fits with 6 coefficients, so that all outputs of optical properties for the same construction will be curve values for a given incident angle. Therefore, the values may be slightly different from input values.
IDF examples of Spectral average and using a Spectral data set:
IDF example using a SpectralAndAngle data set:
IDF example of Spectral Data Type = BSDF
WindowMaterial:Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod[LINK]
This is an alternative way of specifying glass properties. Index of refraction and extinction coefficient are given instead of the transmittance and reflectance values used in WindowMaterial:Glazing. However, unlike WindowMaterial:Glazing, WindowMaterial:Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod is restricted to cases where the front and back optical properties of the glass are the same. This means it cannot be used for glass with a coating on one side. In that case WindowMaterial:Glazing should be used. Also, unlike WindowMaterial:Glazing, WindowMaterial:Glazing:RefractionExtinctionMethod does not allow input of glass wavelength-by-wavelength (spectral) properties.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the glass layer. It corresponds to a layer in a window construction.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The surface-to-surface thickness of the glass (m).
Field: Solar Index of Refraction[LINK]
Index of refraction averaged over the solar spectrum.
Field: Solar Extinction Coefficient[LINK]
Extinction coefficient averaged over the solar spectrum (m\(^{-1}\)).
Field: Visible Index of Refraction[LINK]
Index of refraction averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye.
Field: Visible Extinction Coefficient[LINK]
Extinction coefficient averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye (m\(^{-1}\)).
Field: Infrared Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
Long-wave transmittance at normal incidence.
Field: Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Long-wave hemispherical emissivity, assumed the same on both sides of the glass.
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
Thermal conductivity (W/m-K).
Field: Dirt Correction Factor for Solar and Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This is a factor that corrects for the presence of dirt on the glass. It multiplies the solar and visible transmittance at normal Incidence (which the program calculates from the input values of thickness, solar index of refraction, solar extinction coefficient, etc.) if the material is used as the outer glass layer of an exterior window or glass door. If the material is used as an inner glass layer (in double glazing, for example), the dirt correction factor is not applied because inner glass layers are assumed to be clean. Using a material with dirt correction factor < 1.0 in the construction for an interior window will result in an error message.
Representative values of the direct correction factor are shown in Table 1.
The default value of the dirt correction factor is 1.0, which means the glass is clean. It is assumed that dirt, if present, has no effect on the IR properties of the glass.
Field: Solar Diffusing[LINK]
Takes values No (the default) and Yes. If No, the glass is transparent. If Yes, the glass is translucent and beam solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as hemispherically diffuse radiation with no beam component. (EnergyPlus does not model the “partially translucent” case in which beam solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as a combination of beam and diffuse.) Solar Diffusing = Yes should only be used on the innermost pane of glass in an exterior window; it does not apply to interior windows.
If, in the Building object, Solar Distribution = FullInteriorAndExterior, use of Solar Diffusing = Yes for glass in an exterior window will change the distribution of interior solar radiation from the window. The result is that beam solar radiation that would be transmitted by a transparent window and get absorbed by particular interior surfaces will be diffused by a translucent window and be spread over more interior surfaces. This can change the time dependence of heating and cooling loads in the zone.
In a zone with Daylighting:Detailed, translucent glazing, which is often used in skylights, will provide a more uniform daylight illuminance over the zone and will avoid patches of sunlight on the floor.
An IDF example:
Glass Optical Properties Conversion[LINK]
Conversion from Glass Optical Properties Specified as Index of Refraction and Transmittance at Normal Incidence[LINK]
The optical properties of uncoated glass are sometimes specified by index of refraction, \(n\), and transmittance at normal incidence, \(T\).
The following equations show how to convert from this set of values to the transmittance and reflectance values required by WindowMaterial:Glazing. These equations apply only to uncoated glass, and can be used to convert either spectral-average solar properties or spectral-average visible properties (in general, \(n\) and \(T\) are different for the solar and visible). Note that since the glass is uncoated, the front and back reflectances are the same and equal to the \(R\) that is solved for in the following equations.
Given \(n\) and \(T\), find \(R\):
\[r = \left( \frac{n - 1}{n + 1} \right)^2\]
\[\tau = \frac{ \left[ (1 - r)^4 + 4 r^2 T^2 \right]^{1/2} - (1 - r)^2}{2 r^2 T}\]
\[R = r + \frac{(1 - r)^2 r \tau ^2}{1 - r^2 \tau ^2}\]
Example:
\[T = 0.86156\]
\[n = 1.526\]
\[r = \left( \frac{1.526 - 1}{1.526 + 1} \right)^2\]
\[\tau = 0.93974\]
\[R = 0.07846\]
WindowMaterial:GlazingGroup:Thermochromic[LINK]
Thermochromic (TC) materials have active, reversible optical properties that vary with temperature. Thermochromic windows are adaptive window systems for incorporation into building envelopes. Thermochromic windows respond by absorbing sunlight and turning the sunlight energy into heat. As the thermochromic film warms it changes its light transmission level from less absorbing to more absorbing. The more sunlight it absorbs the lower the light level going through it. By using the suns own energy the window adapts based solely on the directness and amount of sunlight. Thermochromic materials will normally reduce optical transparency by absorption and/or reflection, and are specular (maintaining vision).
A thermochromic window is defined with a Construction object which references a special layer defined with a WindowMaterial:GlazingGroup:Thermochromic object. The WindowMaterial:GlazingGroup:Thermochromic object further references a series of WindowMaterial:Glazing objects corresponding to each specification temperature of the TC layer.
This object specifies a layer of thermochromic glass, part of a thermochromic window. An example file ThermochromicWindow.idf is included in the EnergyPlus installation.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
A unique user assigned name for a particular thermochromic glass material.
Field Set (Optical Data Temperature, Window Material Glazing Name)[LINK]
This object is extensible, so additional sets of the next two fields can be added to the end of this object.
Field:Optical Data Temperature <N>[LINK]
The temperature of the TC glass layer corresponding to the optical data of the TC layer. Unit is degree Celsius (\(^\circ\)C).
Field: Window Material Glazing Name <N>[LINK]
The window glazing (defined with WindowMaterial:Glazing) name that provides the TC glass layer performance at the above specified temperature.
IDF Examples
Outputs[LINK]
Surface Window Thermochromic Layer Temperature [C][LINK]
The temperature of the TC glass layer of a TC window at each time step.
Surface Window Thermochromic Layer Property Specification Temperature [C][LINK]
The temperature under which the optical data of the TC glass layer are specified.
The overall properties (U-factor/SHGC/VT) of the thermochromic windows at different specification temperatures are reported in the EIO file. These window constructions are created by EnergyPlus during run time. They have similar names with suffix “_TC_XX” where XX represents a specification temperature.
WindowMaterial:Gas[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of the gas between the panes of a multi-pane window. Gas Type = Custom allows you to specify the properties of gases other than air, Argon, Krypton or Xenon. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for Material:WindowGas that contains several types of gas of different thicknesses. See Material:WindowGasMixture for the case that the gas fill is a mixture of different gases.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the gas fill. It refers to a layer in a window construction.
Field: Gas Type[LINK]
The type of gas. The choices are Air, Argon, Krypton, or Xenon. If Gas Type = Custom you can use Conductivity Coefficient A, etc. to specify the properties of a different type of gas.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the gas layer.
Properties for Custom Gas Types[LINK]
The following entries are used only if Gas Type = Custom. The A and B coefficients are those in the following expression that gives a property value as a function of temperature in degrees K:
\[Property = Coefficien{t_A} + Coefficien{t_B}*Temperatur{e_K} + Coefficien{t_C}*Temperature_K^2\]
Field: Conductivity Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Conductivity Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Conductivity Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K\(^{3}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K\(^{3}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Ratio[LINK]
The specific heat ratio for gas. Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Molecular Weight[LINK]
The molecular weight for gas. The molecular weight is the mass of 1 mol of the substance. This has a numerical value which is the average molecular mass of the molecules in the substance multiplied by Avogadro’s constant. (kg/kmol) (Shown in the IDD as g/mol for consistency)
Field: Specific Heat Ratio[LINK]
The specific heat ratio for gas. The specific heat ratio of a gas is the ratio of the specific heat at contant pressure, to the specific heat at constant volume. Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
An IDF example:
An IDF example to be used with a WindowMaterial:Gap definition (see below)
An IDF example for a Custom Gas
WindowMaterial:GasMixture[LINK]
This object allows you to specify the fill between the panes of a multi-pane window to be a mixture of two, three or four different gases chosen from air, argon, krypton and xenon. It can also be used if only one type of gas in the fill. In this case you can also use WindowMaterial:Gas. Note that the fractions of gas types in the mixture should add up to 1.0.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the gas mixture. It refers to a layer in a window construction.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the gas mixture layer.
Field: Number of Gases in Mixture[LINK]
The number of different types of gas in the mixture ( a value from 1 to 4)
Set: Gas Type-Fraction (up to 4)[LINK]
Field: Gas 1 Type[LINK]
The type of the first gas in the mixture. Choices are Air, Argon, Krypton and Xenon.
Field: Gas 1 Fraction[LINK]
The fraction of the first gas in the mixture.
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:Gap[LINK]
This input object is used to define the gap between two layers in a complex fenestration system, where the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object is used. It references the gas or gas mixtures defined in the WindowMaterial:Gas and WindowMaterial:GasMixture objects. It is referenced as a layer in the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object ;it cannot be referenced as a layer from the Construction object.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of the gap.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the gap layer.
Field: Pressure[LINK]
The pressure (Pa) of the gas in the gap layer, used to calculate the gas properties of the glazing system gap. The default value is one standard atmospheric pressure (101,325 Pa). When modeling vacuum glazing, this value should represent the pressure in the evacuated glazing system. If this pressure is less that the ThermalModelParams:PressureLimit value, the the glazing system will be modeled as a vacuum glazing.
Field: Deflection State[LINK]
This field is used when modeling the deflection of the glass layers in a window if the WindowThermalModel:Params value for “deflection model” is “MeasuredDeflection”.
Field: Support Pillar[LINK]
References the support pillar of the gap layer if vacuum glazing is being modeled. If left empty, then it is considered that gap layer does not have support pillars.
Field: Gas (or GasMixture)[LINK]
References gas (WindowMaterial:Gas) or gas mixture (WindowMaterial:GasMixture) of the gap layer.
An IDF example for simple glazing:
An IDF example for vacuum glazing:
WindowGap:DeflectionState[LINK]
This input object is used to enter data describing deflection state of the gap. It is referenced from WindowMaterial:Gap object only and it is used only when deflection model is set to MeasuredDeflection (see WindowThermalModel:Params), otherwise it is ignored.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of the deflection state.
Field: Deflected Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the gap in deflected state. It represents value of deflection at point of maximum which is usually at the center point of glazing system. It is used only with tarcog algorithm set to Measured Deflection (WindowThermalModel:Params), otherwise this field will be ignored.
An IDF example where WindowThermalModel:Params Deflection Model = MeasuredDeflection:
WindowGap:SupportPillar[LINK]
This input object is used to enter data describing support pillar of the gap. Support pillars are used in vacuum glazing in order to prevent deflection of glass layers.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of the support pillar.
Field: Spacing[LINK]
Distance (m) between support pillar centers (see the Engineering reference document for more information).
Field: Radius[LINK]
The radius (m) of the support pillar (see Engineering reference document for more information).
An IDF example for vacuum glazing (see Vacuum Glazing example in WindowMaterial:Gap above) is as follows:
WindowMaterial:SimpleGlazingSystem[LINK]
This input object differs from the other WindowMaterial objects in that it describes an entire glazing system rather than individual layers. This object is used when only very limited information is available on the glazing layers or when specific performance levels are being targeted. The layer by layer description offers superior method of modeling windows that should be used instead of this object when sufficient data are available. This object accesses a model that turns simple performance indices into a fuller model of the glazing system.
The performance indices are U-factor and Solar Heat Gain Coefficient, and optionally Visible Transmittance. The values for these performance indices can be selected by the user to represent either glazing-only windows (with no frame) or an average window performance that includes the frame. Inside the program the model produces an equivalent window glazing layer with no frame. The properties of the modeled glazing layer are reported to the EIO file using the IDF input object syntax for the WindowMaterial:Glazing input object. This equivalent layer could be reused in subsequent models if desired, however there will be important differences in the modeled window performance because the simple glazing system model includes its own special model for angular dependence when incident beam solar is not normal to the plane of the window.
When this object is referenced in a Construction object, it cannot be used with other glazing or gas material layers. Shades or blinds cannot be located between the glass, but these can be used on the inside or the outside of the glazing system. If the glazing system does have between-the-glass shades or blinds, then the U and SHGC values entered in this object should include the impacts of those layers. Adding window treatment layers such as shades or screens will alter the overall performance to be different than the performance levels prescribed in this object.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the glazing system. This value is unique across all constructions.
Field: U-Factor[LINK]
This field describes the value for window system U-Factor, or overall heat transfer coefficient. Units are in W/m\(^{2}\)-K. This is the rated (NFRC) value for U-factor under winter heating conditions. The U-factor is assumed to be for vertically mounted products.
In versions up till 9.6.0, the maximum allowable input is U-7.0 W/m\(^{2}\)-K, and the effective upper limit of the glazing generated by the underlying model is around U-5.8 W/m\(^{2}\)-K. In later versions, such upper bound of the input U value is removed. So is the mismatch between the user input U and the effective U is resolved.
Field: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient[LINK]
This field describes the value for SHGC, or solar heat gain coefficient. There are no units. This is the rated (NFRC) value for SHGC under summer cooling conditions and represents SHGC for normal incidence and vertical orientation.
Field: Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This field is optional. If it is omitted, then the visible transmittance properties are taken from the solar properties. If it is included then the model includes it when developing properties for the glazing system. This is the rated (NFRC) value for visible transmittance at normal incidence.
An example of this object is as follows:
WindowMaterial:Shade[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of window shade materials. Reflectance and emissivity properties are assumed to be the same on both sides of the shade. Shades are considered to be perfect diffusers (all transmitted and reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse) with transmittance and reflectance independent of angle of incidence. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Shade that contains properties of generic window shades.
Window shades can be on the inside of the window (“interior shades”), on the outside of the window (“exterior shades”), or between glass layers (“between-glass shades”). When in place, the shade is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the window, including dividers; it does not cover any of the window frame, if present. The plane of the shade is assumed to be parallel to the glazing.
WindowMaterial:Shade can be used for diffusing materials such as drapery and translucent roller shades. For slat-type shading devices, like Venetian blinds, that have a strong angular dependence of transmission, absorption and reflection, it is better to use WindowMaterial:Blind. WindowMaterial:Screen should be used to model wire mesh insect screens where the solar and visible transmission and reflection properties vary with the angle of incidence of solar radiation.
Transmittance and reflectance values for drapery material with different color and openness of weave can be obtained from manufacturers or determined from 2001 ASHRAE Fundamentals, Chapter 30, Fig. 31.
There are two methods of assigning a shade to a window:
Inputs[LINK]
Method 1:[LINK]
1) Define the construction of the window without the shade, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Shade.
4) Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) specify that this WindowMaterial:Shade is the window’s shading device and (b) specify how the shade is controlled.
Method 2:[LINK]
1) Define the Construction of the window without the shade, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Shade.
4) Define another Construction, called the “shaded construction,” that includes the WindowMaterial:Shade.
5) Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded construction and (b) specify how the shade is controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl has to be used with either method, even if the shade is in place at all times. You will get an error message if you try to reference a shaded construction directly from FenestrationSurface:Detailed.
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the shade. It is referenced as an inside or outside layer in a window construction.
Field: Solar Transmittance[LINK]
Transmittance averaged over the solar spectrum. Assumed independent of incidence angle.
Field: Solar Reflectance[LINK]
Reflectance averaged over the solar spectrum. Assumed same on both sides of shade and independent of incidence angle.
Field: Visible Transmittance[LINK]
Transmittance averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Assumed independent of incidence angle.
Field: Visible Reflectance[LINK]
Reflectance averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. Assumed same on both side of shade and independent of incidence angle.
Field: Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Effective long-wave emissivity. Assumed same on both sides of shade. We can approximate this effective emissivity, \(\varepsilon_{eff}\), as follows. Let \(\eta\) be the “openness” the shade, i.e., the ratio of the area of openings in the shade to the overall shade area (see Field: Air-Flow Permeability, below). Let the emissivity of the shade material be \(\varepsilon\). Then
\[{\varepsilon_{{\rm{eff}}}} \approx \varepsilon \left( {1 - \eta } \right)\]
For most non-metallic materials \(\varepsilon\) is about 0.9.
Field: Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
Effective long-wave transmittance. Assumed independent of incidence angle. We can approximate this effective long-wave transmittance, \(T_{\rm{eff}}\) as follows. Let \(\eta\) be the “openness” of the shade, i.e., the ratio of the area of openings in the shade to the overall shade area. Let the long-wave transmittance of the shade material be \(T\). Then
\[T_{\rm{eff}} \approx \eta + T \left( 1 - \eta \right)\]
For most materials \(T\) is very close to zero, which gives
\[T_{\rm{eff}} \approx \eta\]
Field: Thickness[LINK]
Thickness of the shade material (m). If the shade is not flat, such as for pleated pull-down shades or folded drapery, the average thickness normal to the plane of the shade should be used.
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
Shade material conductivity (W/m-K).
Field: Shade to Glass Distance[LINK]
Distance from shade to adjacent glass (m). This is denoted by s in Figure 4 and Figure 5, below. If the shade is not flat, such as for pleated pull-down shades or folded drapery, the average shade-to-glass distance should be used. (The shade-to-glass distance is used in calculating the natural convective air flow between glass and shade produced by buoyancy effects.) Not used for between-glass shades.
In the following, \(H\) is the glazing height and \(W\) is the glazing width.
Field: Top Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the top of the shade divided by sW, the horizontal area between glass and shade (see Figures below).
Field: Bottom Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the bottom of the shade divided by sW, the horizontal area between glass and shade (see Figures below).
Field: Left-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the left side of the shade divided by sH, the vertical area between glass and shade (see Figures below).
Field: Right-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the right side of the shade divided by sH, the vertical area between glass and shade (see Figures below).
Field: Field: Air-Flow Permeability[LINK]
The fraction of the shade surface that is open to air flow, i.e., the total area of openings (“holes”) in the shade surface divided by the shade area, HW. If air cannot pass through the shade material, Air-Flow Permeability = 0. For drapery fabric and screens the Air-Flow Permeability can be taken as the “openness” of the fabric (see 2001 ASHRAE Fundamentals, Chapter 30, Fig. 31), which is 0.0 to 0.07 for closed weave, 0.07 to 0.25 for semi-open weave, and 0.25 and higher for open weave.
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:Blind[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of a window blind consisting of flat, equally-spaced slats. Unlike window shades, which are modeled as perfect diffusers, window blinds have solar and visible transmission and reflection properties that strongly depend on slat angle and angle of incidence of solar radiation. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Blind that contains properties of generic window blinds.
Blinds can be located on the inside of the window (“interior blinds”), on the outside of the window (“exterior blinds”), or between two layers of glass (“between-glass blinds”). When in place, the blind is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the window, including dividers; it does not cover any of the window frame, if present. The plane of the blind is assumed to be parallel to the glazing. When the blind is retracted it is assumed to cover none of the window. The solar and thermal effects of the blind’s support strings, tapes or rods are ignored. Slat curvature, if present, is ignored.
There are two methods of assigning a blind to a window:
Inputs[LINK]
Method 1:[LINK]
1) Define the construction of the window without the blind, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Blind.
4) Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) specify that this WindowMaterial:Blind is the window’s shading device and (b) specify how the blind is controlled.
Method 2:[LINK]
1) Define the Construction of the window without the blind, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Blind.
4) Define another Construction, called the “shaded construction,” that includes the WindowMaterial:Blind.
Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded construction and (b) specify how the blind is controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl has to be used with either method, even if the blind is in place at all times. You will get an error message if you try to reference a construction with a blind directly from Window objects (FenestrationSurface:Detailed or Window).
Note also that WindowShadingControl is used to determine not only when the blind is in place, but how its slat angle is controlled.
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the blind. It is referenced as a layer in a window construction (ref: Construction object) or as a “Material Name of Shading Device” in a WindowShadingControl object.
Field: Slat Orientation[LINK]
The choices are Horizontal and Vertical. “Horizontal” means the slats are parallel to the bottom of the window; this is the same as saying that the slats are parallel to the X-axis of the window. “Vertical” means the slats are parallel to Y-axis of the window.
Field: Slat Width[LINK]
The width of the slat measured from edge to edge (m). See Figure 6.
Field: Slat Separation[LINK]
The distance between the front of a slat and the back of the adjacent slat (m). See Figure 6.
Field: Slat Thickness[LINK]
The distance between the faces of a slat (m). See Figure 6.
Field: Slat Angle[LINK]
The angle (degrees) between the glazing outward normal and the slat outward normal, where the outward normal points away from the front face of the slat (degrees). See Figure 6.
If the WindowShadingControl for the blind has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = FixedSlatAngle, the slat angle is fixed at “Slat Angle.”
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = BlockBeamSolar, the program automatically adjusts the slat angle so as just block beam solar radiation. In this case the value of “Slat Angle” is used only when the blind is in place and there is no beam solar radiation incident on the blind.
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = ScheduledSlatAngle, the slat angle is variable. In this case “Slat Angle” is not applicable and the field should be blank.
If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = FixedSlatAngle and “Slat Angle” is less than the minimum or greater than the maximum allowed by Slat Width, Slat Separation and Slat Thickness, the slat angle will be reset to the corresponding minimum or maximum and a warning will be issued.
Field: Slat Conductivity[LINK]
The thermal conductivity of the slat (W/m-K).
Field: Slat Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
The beam solar transmittance of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence on the slat. Any transmitted beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent).
Field: Front Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The beam solar reflectance of the front side of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte finish). This means that slats with a large specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well modeled.
Field: Back Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The beam solar reflectance of the back side of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte finish). This means that slats with a large specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well modeled.
Field: Slat Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
The slat transmittance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. This value should equal “Slat Beam Solar Transmittance.”
Field: Front Side Slat Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The front-side slat reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. This value should equal “Front Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance.”
Field: Back Side Slat Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
The back-side slat reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. This value should equal “Back Side Slat Beam Solar Reflectance.”
Field: Slat Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
The beam visible transmittance of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence on the slat. Any transmitted visible radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent).
Field: Front Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The beam visible reflectance on the front side of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte finish). This means that slats with a large specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well modeled.
Field: Back Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The beam visible reflectance on the front side of the slat, assumed to be independent of angle of incidence (matte finish). This means that slats with a large specularly-reflective component (shiny slats) are not well modeled.
Field: Slat Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
The slat transmittance for hemispherically diffuse visible radiation. This value should equal “Slat Beam Visible Transmittance.”
Field: Front Side Slat Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The front-side slat reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible radiation. This value should equal “Front Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance.”
Field: Back Side Slat Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
The back-side slat reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible radiation. This value should equal “Back Side Slat Beam Visible Reflectance..”
Field: Slat Infrared Hemispherical Transmittance[LINK]
The slat Infrared transmittance. It is zero for solid metallic, wooden or glass slats, but may be non-zero in some cases (e.g., thin plastic slats).
Field: Front Side Slat Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Front-side hemispherical emissivity of the slat. Approximately 0.9 for most materials. The most common exception is bare (unpainted) metal slats or slats finished with a metallic paint.
Field: Back Side Slat Infrared Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Back-side hemispherical emissivity of the slat. Approximately 0.9 for most materials. The most common exception is bare (unpainted) metal slats or slats finished with a metallic paint.
Field: Blind to Glass Distance[LINK]
For interior and exterior blinds, the distance from the mid-plane of the blind to the adjacent glass (m). See Figure 6. Not used for between-glass blinds. As for window shades (ref: WindowMaterial:Shade) this distance is used in calculating the natural convective air flow between glass and blind that is produced by buoyancy effects.
Opening Multipliers[LINK]
The following opening multipliers are defined in the same way as for window shades (see WindowMaterial:Shade, Figure 4 and Figure 5). Note that, unlike window shades, there is no input for Air-Flow Permeability; this is automatically calculated by the program from slat angle, width and separation.
Field: Blind Top Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Defined as for Material:WindowShade.
Field: Blind Bottom Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Defined as for Material:WindowShade.
Field: Blind Left-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Defined as for Material:WindowShade.
Field: Blind Right-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Defined as for Material:WindowShade.
Field: Minimum Slat Angle[LINK]
The minimum allowed slat angle (degrees). Used only if WindowShadingControl (for the window that incorporates this blind) varies the slat angle (i.e., the WindowShadingControl has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = ScheduledSlatAngle or BlockBeamSolar). In this case, if the program tries to select a slat angle less than Minimum Slat Angle it will be reset to Minimum Slat Angle. (Note that if the Minimum Slat Angle itself is less than the minimum allowed by Slat Width, Slat Separation and Slat Thickness, it will be reset to that minimum.)
Field: Maximum Slat Angle[LINK]
The maximum allowed slat angle (degrees). Used only if WindowShadingControl (for the window that incorporates this blind) varies the slat angle (i.e., the WindowShadingControl has Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = ScheduledSlatAngle or BlockBeamSolar). In this case, if the program tries to select a slat angle greater than Maximum Slat Angle the slat angle will be reset to Maximum Slat Angle. (Note that if the Maximum Slat Angle itself is greater than the maximum allowed by Slat Width, Slat Separation and Slat Thickness, it will be reset to that maximum.)
An IDF example:
WindowMaterial:ComplexShade[LINK]
This input object is used to define shade layers used in the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of the shading layer.
Field: Shading Layer Type[LINK]
The type of shading layer. The options are:
VenetianHorizontal – for modeling horizontal venetian blinds
VenetianVertical – for modeling vertical venetian blinds
Woven – for modeling shading systems with a regular weave
Perforated – for modeling perforated screens
BSDF – for modeling shades whose properties are represented by a BSDF file
OtherShadingType – for modeling shading systems which do not belong to the any of the previous group
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the shading layer. This value is ignored for ShadingLayerType = Venetian*, because the program will calculate the thickness based on the slat angle. This value is needed for ShadingLayerType = Woven and Perforated
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
The conductivity (W/mK) of the shading layer material. Default: 1.0
Venetian* – the conductivity of the venetian blind slat material
Woven – the conductivity of the woven shade material (such as the thread for a fabric shade)
Perforated – for modeling perforated screens
BSDF – for modeling shades whose properties are represented by a BSDF file
OtherShadingType – for modeling shading systems which do not belong to the any of the previous group
Field: IR Transmittance[LINK]
The IR transmittance of the shading layer. Minimum value: 0. Maximum value: 1. Default: 0.
Field: Front Emissivity[LINK]
The front emissivity of the shading layer. Minimum value: > 0. Maximum value: 1. Default: 0.90.
Field: Back Emissivity[LINK]
The back emissivity of the shading layer. Minimum value: > 0. Maximum value: 1. Default: 0.90.
Field: Top Opening Multiplier[LINK]
The top opening multiplier value will depend on the location of the shading device within the glazing system. There are several possible scenarios which can occur and they can be divided into two groups:
Shading device on the indoor/outdoor side of the window
In this case the opening multiplier is calculated as the smallest distance between the shading device and the frame (d\(_{top}\)), divided by the gap width (S). There are three possible cases for the position of a shading device the on indoor/outdoor side (see Figure 7).
In the case where the distance between the frame and the shading device is bigger than the gap width, the d\(_{top}\) multiplier is equal to one. Therefore, the calculation of the D\(_{top}\) opening multiplier is:
\[A_{top} = min(d_{top}/S, 1)\]
Shading device between glass layers
In this case the opening multiplier is calculated as the smallest distance between the shading device and the frame or spacer (d\(_{top}\)), divided by the smaller gap width (the minimum of (S\(_{1}\) andS\(_{2}\))).
The D\(_{top}\) opening multiplier for a between glass shade is calculated as:
\[A_{top} = min(d_{top}/S_{min}, 1)\]
Where
\[S_{min} = min(S_1, S_2)\]
Field: Bottom Opening Multiplier[LINK]
The bottom opening multiplier (d\(_{bot}\)) is calculated in the same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied to the bottom of the shading device.
Field: Left Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
The left side opening multiplier (d\(_{left}\)) is calculated in the same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied to the left side of the shading device.
Field: Right Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
The right side opening multiplier (d\(_{right}\)) is calculated in the same way as the top opening multiplier, with the rules applied to the right side of the shading device.
Field: Front Opening Multiplier[LINK]
The fraction of glazing system area that is open on the front of the shading layer (see Figure 9). This fraction is calculated as follows: Afront / (W * H), where Afront = Area of the front of the glazing system that is not covered by the shading system, W = the width of the glazing system (IGU) and H is height of the glazing system (IGU).
Field: Slat Width[LINK]
The width (m) of the venetian slats. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
Field: Slat Spacing[LINK]
The distance (m) between front sides of the venetian slats. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
Field: Slat Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the venetian slats. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
Field: Slat Angle[LINK]
The slat tilt angle (degrees) of the venetian slats. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian. Range of slat angle is from -90 to 90 degrees.
Field: Slat Conductivity[LINK]
The conductivity (W/mK) of the venetian slats. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
Field: Slat Curve[LINK]
The curvature radius (m) of the venetian slats. Setting this value to zero means there is no curvature in the slat (it is flat), while a non-zero value is the radius of the slat curve. This value cannot be smaller than Slat Width / 2. Used only for ShadingLayerType = Venetian.
An IDF example for ShadingLayerType = Venetian
An IDF example for ShadingLayerType = Woven
(Note that it is not necessary to include “blank” lines for the venetian blind input for a Woven shade definition).
WindowMaterial:Screen[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of exterior window screen materials. The window screen model assumes the screen is made up of intersecting orthogonally-crossed cylinders. The surface of the cylinders is assumed to be diffusely reflecting, having the optical properties of a Lambertian surface.
The beam solar radiation transmitted through a window screen varies with sun angle and is made up of two distinct elements: a direct beam component and a reflected beam component. The direct beam transmittance component is modeled using the geometry of the screen material and the incident angle of the sun to account for shadowing of the window by the screen material. The reflected beam component is an empirical model that accounts for the inward reflection of solar beam off the screen material surface. This component is both highly directional and small in magnitude compared to the direct beam transmittance component (except at higher incident angles, for which case the magnitude of the direct beam component is small or zero and the reflected beam component, though small in absolute terms can be many times larger than the direct beam component). For this reason, the reflected beam transmittance component calculated by the model can be a. disregarded, b. treated as an additive component to direct beam transmittance (and in the same direction), or c. treated as hemispherically-diffuse transmittance based on a user input to the model.
The window screen “assembly” properties of overall beam solar reflectance and absorptance (including the screen material ‘cylinders’ and open area) also change with sun angle and are calculated based on the values of the beam solar transmittance components (direct and reflected components described above) and the physical properties of the screen material (i.e., screen material diameter, spacing, and reflectance).
Transmittance, reflectance, and absorptance of diffuse solar radiation are considered constant values and apply to both the front and back surfaces of the screen. These properties are calculated by the model as an average value by integrating the screen’s beam solar properties over a quarter hemisphere of incident radiation. Long-wave emissivity is also assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen.
There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for WindowMaterial:Screen that contains properties for generic window screens. Window screens of this type can only be used on the outside surface of the window (“exterior screens”). When in place, the screen is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the window, including dividers; it does not cover any of the window frame, if present. The plane of the screen is assumed to be parallel to the glazing.
WindowMaterial:Screen can be used to model wire mesh insect screens where the solar and visible transmission and reflection properties vary with the angle of incidence of solar radiation. For diffusing materials such as drapery and translucent roller shades it is better to use the WindowMaterial:Shade object. For slat-type shading devices like Venetian blinds, which have solar and visible transmission and reflection properties that strongly depend on slat angle and angle of incidence of solar radiation, it is better to use WindowMaterial:Blind.
There are two methods of assigning a screen to a window:
Inputs[LINK]
Method 1:[LINK]
1) Define the construction of the window without the screen, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Screen object.
4) Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) specify that this Material:WindowScreen is the window’s shading device, and (b) specify how the screen is controlled.
Method 2:[LINK]
1) Define the Construction of the window without the screen, the so-called “bare” construction.
2) Reference the bare construction in the FenestrationSurface:Detailed for the window.
3) Define the WindowMaterial:Screen object.
4) Define another Construction, called the “shaded construction,” that includes the WindowMaterial:Screen.
5) Define a WindowShadingControl for the window in which you (a) reference the shaded construction, and (b) specify how the screen is controlled.
Note that WindowShadingControl has to be used with either method, even if the screen is in place at all times. You will get an error message if you try to reference a shaded construction directly from a FenestrationSurface:Detailed object.
Field: Name[LINK]
Enter a unique name for the screen. This name is referenced as an outside layer in a window construction.
Field: Reflected Beam Transmittance Accounting Method[LINK]
This input specifies the method used to account for screen-reflected beam solar radiation that is transmitted through the window screen (as opposed to being reflected back outside the building). Since this inward reflecting beam solar is highly directional and is not modeled in the direction of the actual reflection, the user is given the option of how to account for the directionality of this component of beam solar transmittance. Valid choices are DoNotModel, ModelAsDirectBeam (i.e., model as an additive component to direct solar beam and in the same direction), or ModelAsDiffuse (i.e., model as hemispherically-diffuse radiation). The default value is ModelAsDiffuse.
Field: Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This input specifies the solar reflectance (beam-to-diffuse) of the screen material itself (not the effective value for the overall screen “assembly” including open spaces between the screen material). The outgoing diffuse radiation is assumed to be Lambertian (distributed angularly according to Lambert’s cosine law). The solar reflectance is assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. This value must be from 0 to less than 1.0. In the absence of better information, the input value for diffuse solar reflectance should match the input value for diffuse visible reflectance.
Field: Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This input specifies the visible reflectance (beam-to-diffuse) of the screen material itself (not the effective value for the overall screen “assembly” including open spaces between the screen material) averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. The outgoing diffuse radiation is assumed to be Lambertian (distributed angularly according to Lambert’s cosine law). The visible reflectance is assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. This value must be from 0 to less than 1.0.
If diffuse visible reflectance for the screen material is not available, then the following guidelines can be used to estimate this value:
Dark-colored screen (e.g., charcoal): 0.08 – 0.10
Medium-colored screen (e.g., gray): 0.20 – 0.25
Light-colored screen (e.g., bright aluminum): 0.60 – 0.65
Commercially-available gray scale or grayscale reflecting chart references can be purchased for improved accuracy in estimating visible reflectance (by visual comparison of screen reflected brightness with that of various known-reflectance portions of the grayscale).
Field: Thermal Hemispherical Emissivity[LINK]
Long-wave emissivity \(\varepsilon\) of the screen material itself (not the effective value for the overall screen “assembly” including open spaces between the screen material). The emissivity is assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen.
For most non-metallic materials, \(\varepsilon\) is about 0.9. For metallic materials, \(\varepsilon\) is dependent on material, its surface condition, and temperature. Typical values for metallic materials range from 0.05–0.1 with lower values representing a more finished surface (e.g. low oxidation, polished surface). Material emissivities may be found in Table 5 from the 2005 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, page 3.9. The value for this input field must be between 0 and 1, with a default value of 0.9 if this field is left blank.
Field: Conductivity[LINK]
Screen material conductivity (W/m-K). This input value must be greater than 0. The default value is 221 W/m-K (aluminum).
Field: Screen Material Spacing[LINK]
The spacing, S, of the screen material (m) is the distance from the center of one strand of screen to the center of the adjacent one. The spacing of the screen material is assumed to be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and horizontal). This input value must be greater than the non-zero screen material diameter. If the spacing is different in the two directions, use the average of the two values.
Field: Screen Material Diameter[LINK]
The diameter, D, of individual strands or wires of the screen material (m). The screen material diameter is assumed to be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and horizontal). This input value must be greater than 0 and less than the screen material spacing. If the diameter is different in the two directions, use the average of the two values.
Field: Screen to Glass Distance[LINK]
Distance from the window screen to the adjacent glass surface (m). If the screen is not flat, the average screen to glass distance should be used. The screen-to-glass distance is used in calculating the natural convective air flow between the glass and the screen produced by buoyancy effects. This input value must be from 0.001 m to 1 m, with a default value of 0.025 m if this field is left blank.
Field: Top Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the top of the screen divided by the horizontal area between the glass and screen (see the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the window frame. Since window screens are typically installed against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0.This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Field: Bottom Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the bottom of the screen divided the horizontal area between the glass and screen (see the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the window frame. Since window screens are typically installed against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0. This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Field: Left-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the left side of the screen divided the vertical area between the glass and screen (see the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the window frame. Since window screens are typically installed against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0. This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Field: Right-Side Opening Multiplier[LINK]
Effective area for air flow at the right side of the screen divided the vertical area between the glass and screen (see the same field for the Material:WindowShade object for additional description). The opening multiplier fields can be used to simulate a shading material that is offset from the window frame. Since window screens are typically installed against the window frame, the default value is equal to 0. This input value can range from 0 to 1.
Field: Angle of Resolution for Screen Transmittance Output Map[LINK]
Angle of resolution, in degrees, for the overall screen beam transmittance (direct and reflected) output map. The comma-separated variable file eplusscreen.csv (Ref. OutputDetailsandExamples.pdf) will contain the direct beam and reflected beam solar radiation that is transmitted through the window screen as a function of incident sun angle (0 to 90 degrees relative solar azimuth and 0 to 90 degrees relative solar altitude) in sun angle increments specified by this input field. The default value is 0, which means no transmittance map is generated. Other valid choice inputs are 1, 2, 3 and 5 degrees.
An IDF example for this object, along with Construction and WindowShadingControl objects, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Shade:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of Equivalent Layer window shade (roller blind) materials. Shades are considered to be thin, flat and perfect diffusers (all transmitted and reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse). However, shades can have beam-beam transmittance by virtue of their material openness. The beam-beam transmittence is assumed to be the same for both sides of the shade and is the same as the openness area fraction. Beam-diffuse transmittance and reflectance, and emissivity properties can be different for front and back side of the shade.Window shades can be placed on the inside of the window, on the outside of the window, or between glass layers. WindowMaterial:Shade:EquivalentLayer is used for roller blinds. The off-normal solar property calculation of shades (roller blind) is based on a set of correlations developed from measurement of samples of commercially produced roller blind material with openness fraction less than 0.14. The model is not intended for materials with unusually high values of openness and should be limited to a maximum openness fraction of 0.20. The visible spectrum solar properties input fields are not used currently hence can be left blank. The equivalent layer window shade model does not support WindowShadingControl.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the shade. It is referenced as an inside, inbetween or outside layer in an equivalent layer window construction.
Field: Shade Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-beam transmittance of the shade at normal incidence and it is the same as the openness area fraction of the shade material. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the roller blinds. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0. For most common shade materials (e.g. Roller Blinds) the material oppeness fraction doesn’t exceed 0.20.
Field: Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse transmittance of the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse transmittance of the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse reflectance of the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Shade Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse reflectance of the shade material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Shade Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-beam transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Currently this input field is not used.
Field: Shade Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Currently this input field is not used.
Field: Shade Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Currently this input field is not used.
Field: Shade Material Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave transmittance of the shade material and assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the shade. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.05.
Field: Front Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of shade material. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.91. The front side effective emissivity of the shade layer is calculated using this value and the material openness specified above.
Field: Back Side Shade Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of shade material. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.91. The back side effective emissivity of the shade is calculated using this value and the material openness specified above.
An IDF example for this object is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Drape:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
Specifies the optical and thermal properties of equivalent layer window drape fabric materials.
Drapery fabric shades are commonly placed on the the inside of the window. The long-wave (Thermal) properties for commonly used drapery fabrics are assumed to be the same on both sides but different values can be specified when required. Drape fabric shade layers are considered to be perfect diffusers (reflected radiation is hemispherically-diffuse independent of angle of incidence). Unpleated drape fabric is treated as thin and flat layer.The off-normal optical properties of drapery fabric is determined from user specified optical properties at normal incidence using empirical correlations. Pleated drape fabric requires entering the pleated section average width and length as shown in Figure 13. For pleated drapes the effective beam-beam and beam-diffuse solar properties are determined by tracking both radiation components, for a given incident angle solar radiation, through various interactions with a fabric pleated in a rectangular geometry shown in Figure 13. The solar properties of the two different pleat facets are evaluated on the basis of the local solar incidence angle. Therefore, the effective layer properties are influenced not just by horizontal solar profile angle, but also by incidence angle. The correlations used for drape fabrics optical property calculations reqiure that the solar absorptance of the fabric, at normal incidence, is not less than 1%. The equivalent layer window drapery fabric shade model does not support WindowShadingControl.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the drape fabric shade layer. It is referenced as an inside, in between or outside layer in an equivalent layer window construction.
Field: Drape Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the drape fabric beam-beam transmittance at normal incidence, and it is the same as the drape fabric openness area fraction. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the drape fabric layer. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. For most drape fabric materials the maximum fabric openness fraction do not exceed 0.2. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the drape fabric material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Drape Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the drape fabric beam-beam visible transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the drape fabric layer. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Front Side Drape Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side drape fabric beam-diffuse visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the drape. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Back Side Drape Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side drape fabric diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the drape. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Drape Material Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of the fabric material at zero fabric openness fraction. Assumed to be the same for front and back sides of the drape fabric material layer. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.05.
Field: Front Side Drape Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of fabric material at zero shade openness. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. the default value is 0.87. The front side effective emissivity of the drape fabric layer is calculated using this value and the fabric openness area fraction specified above.
Field: Back Side Drape Material Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of fabric material at zero fabric openness fraction. The minimum value is 0.0 and maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.87. The back side effective emissivity of the drape fabric layer is calculated using this value and the fabric openness area fraction specified above.
Field: Width of Pleated Fabric[LINK]
This value is the width of the pleated section of the draped fabric, w(m). If the drape fabric is flat (unpleated), then the pleated section width is set to zero. The default value is 0.0, i.e., assumes flat drape fabric.
Field: Length of Pleated Fabric[LINK]
This value is the length of the pleated section of the draped fabric, s(m). If the drape fabric is flat (unpleated), then the pleated section length is set to zero. The default value is 0.0, i.e., assumes flat drape fabric.
An IDF example for this object is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Blind:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
This object specifies the properties of an Equivalent Layer window blind consisting of thin and equally-spaced slats. The model assumes that slats are flat and thin, and applies correction for the slat curvature effect based on the user specified slat crown. Slats are assumed to transmit and reflect diffusely. The effective shortwave optical and longwave optical properties of venetian blind layer is estimated analytically. The Equivalent Layer blind model requires optical properties and geometry of the slats shown in Figure 14. Likewise, effective longwave properties are obtained for the layer knowing longwave properties of the slats.
The input data required to characterize a venetian blind are: front and back side reflectance and transmittance of the slat, geometry (Slat width, w, slat spacing, s, slat crown, c, and slat angle, \(\phi\), and long wave emittance and transmittance of the slat. Blinds can be located on the inside of the window, on the outside of the window, or between two layers of glass. The blind is assumed to cover all of the glazed part of the window. The equivalent layer window blind model allows three slat angle control types (see Slat Angle Control input field) but does not support WindowShadingControl.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the venetian blind. It is referenced as an inside, outside or in between layers in an equivalent layer window construction.
Field: Slat Orientation[LINK]
The choices are Horizontal and Vertical. “Horizontal” means the slats are parallel to the bottom of the window; this is the same as saying that the slats are parallel to the X-axis of the window. “Vertical” means the slats are parallel to Y-axis of the window. The default is “Horizontal”.
Field: Slat Width[LINK]
This value is the width of the slat measured from edge to edge (m). The default value is 0.0254.
Field: Slat Separation[LINK]
The distance between the front of a slat and the back of the adjacent slat (m). The default value is 0.025. The slat separation should not be greater than the slat width.
Field: Slat Crown[LINK]
The perpendicular length between the slat cord and the curve (m). Crown = 0.0625x”Slat width”. Slat is assumed to be rectangular in cross section and flat. The crown accounts for curvature of the slat. The minimum value is 0.0, and the default value is 0.0015m.
Field: Slat Angle[LINK]
The angle (degrees) between the glazing outward normal and the slat outward normal, where the outward normal points away from the front face of the slat (degrees). The slat angle is +ve if the tip of the slat front face is tilted upward, or else the slat angle is -ve if the tip of the slat front face is tilted downward. The slat angle varies between -90 to +90. If the ’Slat Angle Control input field below specified is “FixedSlatAngle”, then the slat angle is fixed at “Slat Angle” value entered. Minimum value allowed is -90.0, and the maximum value allowed is 90.0 degrees. The default value is 45 degrees.
Field: Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse solar transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse solar transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is slat front side beam-diffuse solar reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. All the reflected component is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse solar reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. All the reflected component is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse visible transmittance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse visible transmittance at normal incidence averaged the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Any transmitted beam radiation is assumed to be 100% diffuse (i.e., slats are translucent). Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side beam-diffuse visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. All the reflected component is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0
Field: Back Side Slat Beam-Diffuse Visible Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side beam-diffuse visible reflectance at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. All the reflected component is assumed to be diffuse. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0
Field: Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat diffuse-diffuse solar transmittance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. This value is the same for front and back side of the slat. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side diffuse-diffuse solar reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side diffuse-diffuse solar reflectance for hemispherically diffuse solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the slat diffuse-diffuse visible transmittance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum range of solar radiation. This value is the same for front and back side of the slat. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Front Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat front side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Back Side Slat Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the slat back side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance for hemispherically diffuse visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Slat Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of the slat material. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the slat. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Slat Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the slat material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.9.
Field: Back Side Slat Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the slat material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.9.
Field: Slat Angle Control[LINK]
This input field is used only if slat angle control is desired. The three key choice inputs allowed are “FixedSlatAngle”, “MaximizeSolar”, and “BlockBeamSolar”. The default value is “FixedSlatAngle”.If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = MaximizeSolar the slat angle is adjusted to maximize solar gain. If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = BlockBeamSolar, the slat angle is adjusted to maximize visibiity while eliminating beam solar radiation. If Type of Slat Angle Control for Blinds = FixedSlatAngle, then the model uses a fixed slat angle specified above.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Screen:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
This object specifies the optical and thermal properties of exterior screen materials for Equivalent Layer Window. Can only be placed on the exterior side of window construction. The window screen model assumes the screen is made up of intersecting orthogonally-crossed cylinders. The surface of the cylinders is assumed to be diffusely reflecting. The beam solar radiation transmitted through an equivalent Layer window screen varies with sun angle and is made up of two distinct elements: a beam-beam component and a beam-diffuse component. The beam-beam transmittance component is calculated using screen openness area fraction determined from the geometry of the screen and the incident angle of the sun. Empirical correlations are used to obtain the effective off-normal solar and longwave properties of insect screens. Insect screen geometry is shown in Figure 15. The calculation of effective solar properties requires a set of properties measured at normal incidence. The equivalent layer window screen shade model does not support WindowShadingControl.
The formulation of the model, assumption and correlations used to calculate effective solar and longwave properties of insect screens are described in the Engineering Reference.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Name of the insect screen. It is referenced as an outside layer in an equivalent layer window construction.
Field: Screen Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-beam transmittance of the screen material at normal incidence. This value is the same as the screen openness area fraction. This value can be autocalculated from the wire spacing and wire diameter. It is the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Screen Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the screen material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Screen Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the screen material at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Screen Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-beam visible transmittance of the screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not used currently.
Field: Screen Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not used currently.
Field: Screen Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the screen material at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input input field is not used currently.
Field: Screen Infrared Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of the the screen material. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.02
Field: Screen Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the screen material. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the screen material. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.93.
Field: Screen Wire Spacing[LINK]
The spacing, S (m), of the screen material is the distance from the center of one strand of screen to the center of the adjacent one. The spacing of the screen material is assumed to be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and horizontal). This input value must be greater than the non-zero screen material diameter. If the spacing is different in the two directions, use the average of the two values. Default value is 0.0025m.
Field: Screen Wire Diameter[LINK]
The diameter, D (m), of individual strands or wires of the screen material. The screen material diameter is assumed to be the same in both directions (e.g., vertical and horizontal). This input value must be greater than 0 and less than the screen wire spacing. If the diameter is different in the two directions, use the average of the two values. Default value is 0.005m.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Glazing:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
Glass material properties for equivalent layer window model. Uses transmittance/reflectance input method. For exterior windows, “front side” is the side of the glass closest to the outside air and “back side” is the side closest to the zone the window is defined in. For interzone windows, “front side” is the side closest to the zone adjacent to the zone the window is defined in and “back side” is the side closest to the zone the window is defined in. The equivalent layer window glazing model does not support WindowShadingControl.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the glass layer. It corresponds to a layer in an equivalent layer window construction.
Field: Optical Data Type[LINK]
Valid values for this field are SpectralAverage, or Spectral. If Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage, the values you enter for solar transmittance and reflectance are assumed to be averaged over the solar spectrum, and the values you enter for visible transmittance and reflectance are assumed to be averaged over the solar spectrum and weighted by the response of the human eye. SpectralAverage is the default. Spectral data input is not supported now.
Field: Window Glass Spectral Data Set Name[LINK]
This input field is not used currently.
Field: Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam solar transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam solar transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam solar reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Beam Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam solar reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam visible transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam visible transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-beam visible reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Beam Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-beam visible reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the beam-diffuse transmittance is zero. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the beam-diffuse solar transmittance is zero. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field: Back Side Beam-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse solar reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse visible transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the beam-diffuse visible transmittance is zero. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse visible transmittance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. For clear glazing the beam-diffuse visible transmittance is zero. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Front Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Back Side Beam-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side beam-diffuse visible reflectance of the glazing at normal incidence averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. Default value is 0.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the diffuse-diffuse solar transmittance of the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The diffuse-diffuse transmittance is assumed to be the same for both sides of the glazing. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the diffuse-diffuse solar transmittance from other inputs. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated transmittance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side diffuse-diffuse solar reflectance of the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the diffuse-diffuse reflectance from other inputs. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Solar Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side diffuse-diffuse solar reflectance of the glazing averaged over the entire spectrum of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the diffuse-diffuse reflectance from other inputs. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0.
Field: Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Solar Transmittance[LINK]
This value is the diffuse-diffuse visible transmittance of the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. The diffuse-diffuse visible transmittance is assumed to be the same for both sides of the glazing. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated transmittance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Front Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the front side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance of the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the front side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance from front side beam-beam visible reflectance at normal incidence specified above. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Back Side Diffuse-Diffuse Visible Reflectance[LINK]
This value is the back side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance of the glazing averaged over the visible spectrum range of solar radiation. Used only when Optical Data Type = SpectralAverage. EnergyPlus automatically estimates the back side diffuse-diffuse visible reflectance from back side beam-beam visible reflectance at normal incidence specified above. If this input field is specified as “Autocalculate”, then the calculated reflectance will be used. The minimum value is 0.0, and the maximum value is less than 1.0. This input field is not used currently.
Field: Infrared Transmittance (applies to front and back)[LINK]
This value is the long-wave hemispherical transmittance of the glazing. Assumed to be the same for both sides of the glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.0.
Field: Front Side Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the front side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.84.
Field: Back Side Infrared Emissivity[LINK]
This value is the back side long-wave hemispherical emissivity of the glazing. The minimum value is 0.0, the maximum value is less than 1.0. The default value is 0.84.
Field: Thermal Resistance[LINK]
This field is used to enter the thermal resistance (R-value) of the material layer. Units for this parameter are (m\(^{2}\)-K)/W. Thermal resistance must be greater than zero. The default value is 0.158 which is roughly equivalent to a single layer of 1/4" glass. This field is only used if this equivalent layer of glazing is being referenced for movable insulation.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
WindowMaterial:Gap:EquivalentLayer[LINK]
This object is used in windows equivalent layer construction object and specifies the properties of the gap between the layers in multi-layer equivalent layer window object. There is an EnergyPlus Reference Data Set for Material:WindowGas that contains several types of gas. This object uses the gas types: Air, Argon, Xenon, Crypton, and Custom. For Custom gas type users are required to entering the thermophicial properties.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the gap. It refers to a layer in a window construction equivalent layer.
Field: Gas Type[LINK]
The type of gas. The choices allowed are AIR, ARGON, XENON, KRYPTON, or CUSTOM.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
The thickness (m) of the gap layer.
Field: Gap Vent Type[LINK]
This input field contains the valid key choice for gap vent type. The valid vent types are: Sealed, VentedIndoor, and VentedOutdoor. Sealed means the gap is enclosed and gas tight, i.e., no venting to indoor or outdoor environment. The gap types “VentedIndoor” and “VentedOutdoor” are used with gas type “Air” only. VentedIndoor means the air in the gap is naturally vented to indoor environment, and VentedOutdoor means the air in the gap is naturally vented to the outdoor environment.
Properties for Custom Gas Types[LINK]
The following entries are used only if Gas Type = Custom. The A, B and C coefficients are those in the following expression that gives a property value as a function of temperature in degrees K:
\[Property = Coef{f_A} + Coef{f_B} \times Temperatur{e_K} + Coef{f_C} \times Temperature_K^2\]
Field: Conductivity Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Conductivity Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Conductivity Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas conductivity (W/m-K\(^{3}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Viscosity Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas viscosity (kg/m-s-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient A[LINK]
The A coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient B[LINK]
The B coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Coefficient C[LINK]
The C coefficient for gas specific heat (J/kg-K\(^{2}\)). Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Specific Heat Ratio[LINK]
The specific heat ratio for gas. Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
Field: Molecular Weight[LINK]
The molecular weight for gas. The molecular weight is the mass of 1 mol of the substance. This has a numerical value which is the average molecular mass of the molecules in the substance multiplied by Avogadro’s constant. (kg/kmol) (Shown in the IDD as g/mol for consistency)
Field: Specific Heat Ratio[LINK]
The specific heat ratio for gas. The specific heat ratio of a gas is the ratio of the specific heat at constant pressure, to the specific heat at constant volume. Used only if Gas Type = Custom.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
Material:RoofVegetation[LINK]
This definition must be used in order to simulate the green roof (ecoroof) model. The material becomes the outside layer in a green roof construction (see example below). In the initial release of the green roof model, only one material may be used as a green roof layer though, of course, several constructions using that material may be used. In addition, the model works only with the ConductionTransferFunction heat balance solution algorithm. This model was developed for low-sloped exterior surfaces (roofs). It is not recommended for high-sloped exterior surfaces (e.g., walls).
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to a particular ecoroof material. This name can then be referred to by other input data.
Field: Height of Plants[LINK]
This field defines the height of plants in units of meters. This field is limited to values in the range 0.005 < Height < 1.00 m. Default is .2 m.
Field: Leaf Area Index[LINK]
This is the projected leaf area per unit area of soil surface. This field is dimensionless and is limited to values in the range of 0.001 < LAI < 5.0. Default is 1.0. At the present time the fraction vegetation cover is calculated directly from LAI (Leaf Area Index) using an empirical relation. The user may find it necessary to increase the specified value of LAI in order to represent high fractional coverage of the surface by vegetation.
Field: Leaf Reflectivity[LINK]
This field represents the fraction of incident solar radiation that is reflected by the individual leaf surfaces (albedo). Solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. Values for this field must be between 0.05 and 0.5. Default is .22. Typical values are .18 to .25.
Field: Leaf Emissivity[LINK]
This field is the ratio of thermal radiation emitted from leaf surfaces to that emitted by an ideal black body at the same temperature. This parameter is used when calculating the long wavelength radiant exchange at the leaf surfaces. Values for this field must be between 0.8 and 1.0 (with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). Default is .95.
Field: Minimum Stomatal Resistance[LINK]
This field represents the resistance of the plants to moisture transport. It has units of s/m. Plants with low values of stomatal resistance will result in higher evapotranspiration rates than plants with high resistance. Values for this field must be in the range of 50.0 to 300.0. Default is 180.
Field: Soil Layer Name[LINK]
This field is a unique reference name that the user assigns to the soil layer for a particular ecoroof. This name can then be referred to by other input data. Default is Green Roof Soil.
Field: Roughness[LINK]
This alpha field defines the relative roughness of a particular material layer. This parameter only influences the convection coefficients, more specifically the exterior convection coefficient. A keyword is expected in this field with the options being “VeryRough”, “Rough”, “MediumRough”, “MediumSmooth”, “Smooth”, and “VerySmooth” in order of roughest to smoothest options. Default is MediumRough.
Field: Thickness[LINK]
This field characterizes the thickness of the material layer in meters. This should be the dimension of the layer in the direction perpendicular to the main path of heat conduction. This value must be a positive number. Depths of 0.10 m (4 inches) and 0.15 m (6 inches) are common. Default if this field is left blank is 0.1. Maximum is 0.7 m. Must be greater than 0.05 m.
Field: Conductivity of Dry Soil[LINK]
This field is used to enter the thermal conductivity of the material layer. Units for this parameter are W/(m-K). Thermal conductivity must be greater than zero. Typical soils have values from 0.3 to 0.5. The minimum is 0.2, the default is 0.35, and the maximum is 1.5.
Field: Density of Dry Soil[LINK]
This field is used to enter the density of the material layer in units of kg/m\(^{3}\). Density must be a positive quantity. Typical soils range from 400 to 1000 (dry to wet). Minimum is 300, maximum is 2000 and default if field is left blank is 1100.
Field: Specific Heat of Dry Soil[LINK]
This field represents the specific heat of the material layer in units of J/(kg-K). Note that these units are most likely different than those reported in textbooks and references which tend to use kJ/(kg-K) or J/(g-K). They were chosen for internal consistency within EnergyPlus. Only positive values of specific heat are allowed.
Field: Thermal Absorptance[LINK]
The thermal absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident long wavelength (>2.5 microns) radiation that is absorbed by the material. This parameter is used when calculating the long wavelength radiant exchange between various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). For long wavelength radiant exchange, thermal emissivity and thermal emittance are equal to thermal absorptance. Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0 (with 1.0 representing “black body” conditions). Typical values are from 0.9 to 0.98. The default value for this field is 0.9.
Field: Solar Absorptance[LINK]
The solar absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident solar radiation that is absorbed by the material. Solar radiation (0.3 to 2.537 \(\mu{}m\)) includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident solar radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate). If solar reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.0 and 1.0. Typical values are from .6 to .85. The default value for this field is 0.7.
Field: Visible Absorptance[LINK]
The visible absorptance field in the Material input syntax represents the fraction of incident visible wavelength radiation that is absorbed by the material. Visible wavelength radiation ( 0.37 to 0.78 \(\mu{}m\) weighted by photopic response) is slightly different than solar radiation in that the visible band of wavelengths is much more narrow while solar radiation includes the visible spectrum as well as infrared and ultraviolet wavelengths. This parameter is used when calculating the amount of incident visible radiation absorbed by various surfaces and affects the surface heat balances (both inside and outside as appropriate) as well as the daylighting calculations. If visible reflectance (or reflectivity) data is available, then absorptance is equal to 1.0 minus reflectance (for opaque materials). Values for this field must be between 0.5 and 1.0. The default value for this field is 0.75.
Field: Saturation Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the saturation moisture content of the soil layer. Maximum moisture content is typically less than .5. Range is [.1,.5] with the default being .3.
Field: Residual Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the residual moisture content of the soil layer. Default is 0.01, range is [0.01, 0.1].
Field: Initial Volumetric Moisture Content of the Soil Layer[LINK]
The field allows for user input of the initial moisture content of the soil layer. Range is (0.05, 0.5] with the default being 0.1.
Field: Moisture Diffusion Calculation Method[LINK]
The field allows for two models to be selected: Simple or Advanced. EnergyPlus Currently supports only the Simple Moisture Diffusion Calculation Method.
Simple is the original Ecoroof model - based on a constant diffusion of moisture through the soil. This model starts with the soil in two layers. Every time the soil properties update is called, it will look at the two soils moisture layers and asses which layer has more moisture in it. It then takes moisture from the higher moisture layer and redistributes it to the lower moisture layer at a constant rate.
Advanced is the later Ecoroof model. The model requires higher number of timesteps in hour for the simulation with a recommended value of 20. This moisture transport model is based on a project which looked at the way moisture transports through soil. It uses a finite difference method to divide the soil into layers (nodes). It redistributes the soil moisture according the model described in:
Marcel G Schaap and Martinus Th. van Genuchten, 2006, ‘A modified Maulem-van Genuchten Formulation for Improved Description of the Hydraulic Conductivity Near Saturation’, Vadose Zone Journal 5 (1), p 27-34. However, currently Advanced Moisture Diffusion Calculation Method is not supported in EnergyPlus.
An IDF example:
And construction using the ecoroof material:
Ecoroof / RoofVegetation outputs[LINK]
The following outputs are available for the Roof Vegetation surface.
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Vegetation Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Root Moisture Ratio []
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Near Surface Moisture Ratio []
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Sensible Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Vegetation Sensible Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Vegetation Moisture Transfer Rate [m/s]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Moisture Transfer Rate [m/s]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Vegetation Latent Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2]
Zone,Average,Green Roof Soil Latent Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Cumulative Precipitation Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Cumulative Irrigation Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Cumulative Runoff Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Cumulative Evapotranspiration Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Current Precipitation Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Current Irrigation Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Current Runoff Depth [m]
Zone,Sum,Green Roof Current Evapotranspiration Depth [m]
Green Roof Soil Temperature [C][LINK]
Temperature of the Soil layer temperature in C. Note that Surface Outside Face Temperature of Roof, one of the surface output variables, is the temperature at the interface between the soil and the next material layer.
Green Roof Vegetation Temperature [C][LINK]
Temperature of the Vegetation layer temperature in degree Celsius (\(^\circ\)C).
Green Roof Soil Root Moisture Ratio [][LINK]
Mean value of root moisture (m\(^{3}\)/m\(^{3}\))
Green Roof Soil Near Surface Moisture Ratio [][LINK]
The moisture content in the soil near the surface (m\(^{3}\)/m\(^{3}\))
Green Roof Soil Sensible Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2][LINK]
Sensible heat flux to ground (W/m\(^{2}\))
Green Roof Vegetation Sensible Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2][LINK]
Sensible heat transfer to foliage (W/m\(^{2}\))
Green Roof Vegetation Moisture Transfer Rate [m/s][LINK]
Water evapotranspiration rate associated with latent heat from vegetation (m/s)
Green Roof Soil Moisture Transfer Rate [m/s][LINK]
Water evapotranspiration rate associated with latent heat from ground surface (m/s)
Green Roof Vegetation Latent Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2][LINK]
Latent heat flux from vegetation (W/m\(^{2}\))
Green Roof Soil Latent Heat Transfer Rate per Area [W/m2][LINK]
Latent heat flux from ground surface (W/m\(^{2}\))
Green Roof Cumulative Precipitation Depth [m][LINK]
Green Roof Current Precipitation Depth [m][LINK]
Cumulative or current precipitation (m)
Green Roof Cumulative Irrigation Depth [m][LINK]
Green Roof Current Irrigation Depth [m][LINK]
Cumulative or current irrigation (m)
Green Roof Cumulative Runoff Depth [m][LINK]
Green Roof Current Runoff Depth [m][LINK]
Cumulative or current runoff (m). Multiply by roof area to get volume.
Green Roof Cumulative Evapotranspiration Depth [m][LINK]
Green Roof Current Evapotranspiration Depth [m][LINK]
Cumulative or current evapotranspiration from soil and plants (m).
MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData[LINK]
With the MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData object, you can specify the wavelength-by-wavelength transmittance and reflectance properties of a glass material. To determine the overall optical properties of a glazing system (solar and visible transmittance and solar absorptance vs. angle of incidence) EnergyPlus first calculates transmittance and absorptance vs. angle of incidence for each wavelength. This is then weighted by a standard solar spectrum to get the solar transmittance and absorptance vs. angle of incidence (for use in the solar heat gain calculations), and further weighted by the response of the human eye to get the visible transmittance vs. angle of incidence (for use in the daylighting calculation).
MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData should be used for multi-pane windows when one or more of the glass layers is spectrally selective, i.e., the transmittance depends strongly on wavelength. An example is glass with a coating that gives high transmittance in the daylight part of the solar spectrum (roughly 0.4 to 0.7 microns) and low transmittance at longer wavelengths, thus providing better solar heat gain control than uncoated glass. If spectral data is not used in case, the overall optical properties of the glazing system that EnergyPlus calculates will not be correct.
You can input up to 450 sets of values for wavelengths covering the solar spectrum. Each set consists of {wavelength (microns), transmittance, front reflectance, back reflectance}
Spectral data of this kind are routinely measured by glass manufacturers. Data sets for over 800 commercially available products are contained in an Optical Data Library maintained by the Windows Group at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. This library can be downloaded from http://windows.lbl.gov/. You will have to edit entries from this library to put them in the format required by the EnergyPlus WindowGlassSpectralData object.
An alternative to using the MaterialProperty:GlazingSpectralData object is to run the WINDOW window analysis program. This program has built-in access to the Optical Data Library and let’s you easily create customized, multi-layer glazing systems that can be exported for use in EnergyPlus. For more details, see “StormWindow”.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the spectral data set. It is referenced by WindowMaterial:Glazing when Optical Data Type = Spectral.
Fields 1-4 (repeated up to 450 times)[LINK]
Sets of values for wavelengths covering the solar spectrum (from about 0.25 to 2.5 microns [10\(^{-6}\) m]). Each set consists of
{wavelength (microns), transmittance, front reflectance, back reflectance}
The wavelength values must be in ascending order. The transmittance and reflectance values are at normal incidence. “Front reflectance” is the reflectance for radiation striking the glass from the outside, i.e., from the side opposite the zone in which the window is defined. “Back reflectance” is the reflectance for radiation striking the glass from the inside, i.e., from the zone in which the window is defined. Therefore, for exterior windows, “front” is the side closest to the outdoors and “back” is the side closest to the zone in which the window is defined. For interior windows, “front” is the side closest to the adjacent zone and “back” is the side closest to the zone in which the window is defined.
An IDF example:
Construction[LINK]
For walls, roofs, floors, windows, and doors, constructions are “built” from the included materials. Each layer of the construction is a material name listed in order from “outside” to “inside”. Up to ten layers (eight for windows) may be specified (one of the few limitations in EnergyPlus!). “Outside” is the layer furthest away from the Zone air (not necessarily the outside environment). “Inside” is the layer next to the Zone air. In the example floor below, for example, the outside layer is the acoustic tile below the floor, the next layer is the air space above the tile, and the inside layer is the concrete floor deck.
Window constructions are similarly built up from items in the Window Materials set using similar layers.. See Figure 17. Illustration for material ordering in windows, which shows the case where an interior shading layer such as a blind is present. The gap between the inside glass layer (layer #3) and the interior shading layer is not entered. Similarly, for an exterior shading layer, the gap between the outside glass layer and the shading layer is not entered.
However, for a between-glass shading device the gaps on either side of the shading layer must be entered and they must have the same gas type. In addition, the gap widths with and without the between-glass shading layer must be consistent (see Figure 18).
A maximum of four glass layers and one shading layer is allowed. A gas layer must always separate adjacent glass layers in a multi-pane glazing without a between-glass shading layer.
Outside and inside air film resistances are never given as part of a construction definitions since they are calculated during the EnergyPlus simulation. Note also that constructions are assumed to be one-dimensional in a direction perpendicular to the surface.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer surface (ref: Building Surfaces) requires a construction name to define what the make-up of the wall is. This name must be identical to one of the Construction definitions in the input data file.
Field: Outside Layer[LINK]
Each construction must have at least one layer. This field defines the material name associated with the layer on the outside of the construction—outside referring to the side that is not exposed to the zone but rather the opposite side environment, whether this is the outdoor environment or another zone. Material layers are defined based on their thermal properties elsewhere in the input file (ref: Material and Material Properties and Materials for Glass Windows and Doors). As noted above, the outside layer should NOT be a film coefficient since EnergyPlus will calculate outside convection and radiation heat transfer more precisely.
Field(s) 2-10: Layers[LINK]
The next fields are optional and the number of them showing up in a particular Construction definition depends solely on the number of material layers present in that construction. The data expected is identical to the outside layer field (see previous field description). The order of the remaining layers is important and should be listed in order of occurrence from the one just inside the outside layer until the inside layer is reached. As noted above, the inside layer should NOT be a film coefficient since EnergyPlus will calculate inside convection and radiation heat transfer more precisely.
IDF Example (floor construction):
IDF Example (window construction, no shade):
IDF Example (window construction, with interior shade):
Constructions - Modeling Underground Walls and Ground Floors Defined with C and F Factors for Building Energy Code Compliance[LINK]
Building energy code and standards like ASHRAE 90.1, 90.2 and California Title 24 require the underground wall constructions and slabs-on-grade or underground floors not to exceed certain maximum values of C-factor and F-factor, which do not specify detailed layer-by-layer materials for the constructions.
A simplified approach is introduced to create equivalent constructions and model the ground heat transfer through underground walls and ground floors for the building energy code compliance calculations. The approach is to create constructions based on the user defined C or F factor with two layers: one concrete layer (0.15 m thick) with thermal mass, and one fictitious insulation layer with no thermal mass. Three new objects were created for such purpose: Construction:CfactorUndergroundWall, Construction:FfactorGroundFloor, and Site:GroundTemperature:FCfactorMethod. Details of the approach are described in the Engineering Reference document. The wall and floor construction objects are described in this section; the ground temperature object is described with the other ground temperature objects.
When a underground wall or ground floor surface (BuildingSurface:Detailed, Floor:Detailed, and Wall:Detailed) references one of the two construction objects, its field ‘Outside Boundary Condition’ needs to be set to GroundFCfactorMethod. For simple (rectangular) wall and floor objects, the outside boundary condition is inferred from the construction type.
The Site:GroundTemperature:FCfactorMethod is described in the section for ground temperatures, the following section describes the two new construction objects.
Construction:CfactorUndergroundWall[LINK]
This input object differs from the usual wall construction object in that it describes an entire construction rather than individual layers. This object is used when only the wall height (depth to the ground) and the C-factor are available. This object accesses a model that creates an equivalent layer-by-layer construction for the underground wall to approximate the heat transfer through the wall considering the thermal mass of the earth soil.
This object is referenced by underground wall surfaces with their fields ‘Outside Boundary Condition’ set to GroundFCfactorMethod.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the underground wall construction.
Field: C-Factor[LINK]
C-Factor is the time rate of steady-state heat flow through unit area of the construction, induced by a unit temperature difference between the body surfaces. The C-Factor unit is W/m\(^{2}\)·K. The C-factor does not include soil or air films. ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and California Title 24 specify maximum C-factors for underground walls depending on space types and climate zones.
Field: Height[LINK]
This field describes the height of the underground wall, i.e. the depth to the ground surface. The unit is meters.
IDF Example:
Construction:FfactorGroundFloor[LINK]
This input object differs from the usual ground floor construction object in that it describes an entire construction rather than individual layers. This object is used when only the floor area, exposed perimeter, and the F-factor are available. This object accesses a model that creates an equivalent layer-by-layer construction for the slab-on-grade or underground floor to approximate the heat transfer through the floor considering the thermal mass of the earth soil.
This object is referenced by slab-on-grade or underground floor surfaces with their fields ‘Outside Boundary Condition’ set to GroundFCfactorMethod.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the ground floor construction.
Field: F-Factor[LINK]
F-Factor represents the heat transfer through the floor, induced by a unit temperature difference between the outside and inside air temperature, on the per linear length of the exposed perimeter of the floor. The unit for this input is W/m·K. ASHRAE Standard 90.1 and California Title 24 specify maximum F-factors for slab-on-grade or underground floors depending on space types and climate zones.
Field: Area[LINK]
This field describes the area (in square meters) of the slab-on-grade or underground floor.
Field: PerimeterExposed[LINK]
This field describes the exposed (direct contact with ambient air) perimeter (in meters) of the slab-on-grade or underground floor.
IDF Example:
ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource[LINK]
In some cases, such as radiant systems, a construction will actually have resistance wires or hydronic tubing embedded within the construction. Heat is then either added or removed from this building element to provide heating or cooling to the zone in question. In the case of building-integrated photovoltaics, the energy removed in the form of electricity will form a sink. It is possible to enter such constructions into EnergyPlus with the syntax described below. The internal source capability is available with both the ConductionTransferFunction and ConductionFiniteDifference solution algorithms. The only difference is that the two dimensional pipe arrangements are not available to ConductionFiniteDifference. Those fields are ignored in that implementation.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer surface (ref: Building Surfaces) requires a construction name to define what the make-up of the wall is.
Field: Source Present After Layer Number[LINK]
This field is an integer that relates the location of the heat source or sink. The integer refers to the list of material layers that follow later in the syntax and determines the layer after which the source is present. If a source is embedded within a single homogenous layer (such as concrete), that layer should be split into two layers and the source added between them. For example, a value of “2” in this field tells EnergyPlus that the source is located between the second and third material layers listed later in the construction description (see layer fields below). This field must be between 1 and the number of material layers in the construction (maximum of 10 layers).
Field: Temperature Calculation Requested After Layer Number[LINK]
The nature of this field is similar to the source interface parameter (see previous field) in that it is an integer, refers to the list of material layers that follow, and defines a location after the layer number identified by the user-defined number. In this case, the user is specifying the location for a separate temperature calculation rather than the location of the heat source/sink. This feature is intended to allow users to calculate a temperature within the construction. This might be important in a radiant cooling system where condensation could be a problem. This temperature calculation can assist users in making that determination in absence of a full heat and mass balance calculation. This field must be between 1 and the number of material layers in the construction (maximum of 10 layers).
It should also be noted that when using this construction in conjunction with a low temperature radiant system such as the variable flow, constant flow, or electric radiant system that this parameter also defines the location for the temperature that is used with the Surface Interior Temperature control. In other words, when using the Surface Interior Temperature control with a low temperature radiant system, the location for this temperature that is interior to the radiant surface is also defined in part by this input field. Note that two fields below (Dimensions for the CTF Calculation and Two-Dimensional Temperature Calculation Position) will also have an impact on this location if the user elects to perform a 2-D solution for the surfaces using this construction.
Field: Dimensions for the CTF Calculation[LINK]
This field is also an integer and refers to the detail level of the calculation. A value of “1” states that the user is only interested in a one-dimensional calculation. This is appropriate for electric resistance heating and for hydronic heating (when boiler/hot water heater performance is not affected by return and supply water temperatures). A value of “2” will trigger a two-dimensional solution for this surface only. This may be necessary for hydronic radiant cooling situations since chiller performance is affected by the water temperatures provided.
A few things should be noted about requesting two-dimensional solutions. First, the calculation of the conduction transfer functions (CTF) is fairly intensive and will require a significant amount of computing time. Second, the solution regime is two-dimensional internally but it has a one-dimensional boundary condition imposed at the inside and outside surface (i.e., surface temperatures are still isothermal as if the surface was one-dimensional).
Field: Tube Spacing[LINK]
This field defines the distance between adjacent hydronic tubes spaced in the direction perpendicular to the main direction of heat transfer. The value for this parameter must be greater than or equal to 0.01m (or a tube spacing of 1 cm) and less than or equal to 1.0m (or a tube spacing of 1m). Note that this parameter is only used for two-dimensional solutions (see previous field) or when the user requests that the tube length for a hydronic radiant system ( variable flow or constant flow) be autosized. In the case of autosizing the tube length, this parameter is used along with the dimensions of the surface to approximate the tube length.
Field: Two-Dimensional Temperature Calculation Position[LINK]
This field only has a meaning when the user opts to have a two-dimensional solution in Dimensions for the CTF Calculation above. It is used in conjunction with the information in Temperature Calculation Requested After Layer Number above to specify a location for where the simulation will calculate a temperature at the interior of a surface. The Temperature Calculation Requested After Layer Number field sets where the position is in the main direction of heat transfer. This field determines the position of this point in the direction perpendicular to the main direction of heat transfer. Note that this parameter is a dimensionless value that is allowed to range from 0.0 to 1.0. A value of 0.0 is used for a position that is in line with the tubing in the construction. A value of 1.0 is used for a position that is at the mid-point between adjacent tubes. The user is also given the flexibility to select a point in between those two extremes.
It should also be noted that for values between 0.0 and 1.0 will not allow for exact positioning of the point at which this temperature is calculated. Instead, it will be used to calculate which node in the state space representation will be used to calculate the temperature. Currently, EnergyPlus uses seven nodes in the direction perpendicular to the main direction of heat transfer. In this case, 0.0 represents the first node and 1.0 represents the seventh or last node in the perpendicular direction. So, this field will be used to determine which node in the direction perpendicular to the main direction of heat transfer to use and there are five other nodes (second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth) that are possible locations. For example, if the user enters a value of 0.167, the second node will be used. Likewise, if the user enters a value of 0.1, because this will be closest to the second node, the second node will be used to calculate the internal temperature. For more information on two-dimensional heat transfer within surfaces using ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource, please refer to the EnergyPlus Engineering Reference.
Outputs[LINK]
Zone,Average,Surface Internal Source Location Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,Surface Internal User Specified Location Temperature [C]
Zone,Average,CondFD Internal Heat Source Power After Layer N [W]
Zone,Average,CondFD Internal Heat Source Energy After Layer N [J]
Surface Internal Source Location Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature within the surface at the location of the source/sink.
Surface Internal User Specified Location Temperature [C][LINK]
This output is the temperature within the surface at the location requested by the user.
CondFD Internal Heat Source Power After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat power added after material layer N from the ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource object. Only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
CondFD Internal Heat Source Energy After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat energy added after material layer N from the ConstructionProperty:InternalHeatSource object. Only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
CondFD EMS Heat Source Power After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat power added after material layer N from the EMS heat flux actuator (Component type: “CondFD Surface Material Layer”; Control type: “Heat Flux”). Only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
CondFD EMS Heat Source Energy After Layer[LINK]
This output is the heat energy added after material layer N from the EMS heat flux actuator (Component type: “CondFD Surface Material Layer”; Control type: “Heat Flux”). Energy is aggregated on the electricity meter and is only valid for the CondFD solution algorithm.
Construction:AirBoundary[LINK]
Construction:AirBoundary indicates an open boundary between two zones. It may be used for base surfaces and fenestration surfaces. When this construction type is used, the Outside Boundary Condition of the surface (or the base surface of a fenestration surface) must be either Surface or Zone. A base surface with Construction:AirBoundary cannot hold any fenestration surfaces.
The two zones separated by this air boundary will be grouped together into a combined enclosure for solar distribution, daylighting, and radiant exchange (including distribution of radiant internal gains). If a given zone has an air boundary with more than one zone, then all of the connected zones will be grouped together. For example, if there is an air boundary between zones A and B, and another air boundary between zones B and C, all three zones (A, B, and C) will be grouped into a single enclosure. Normal default simplified view factors will apply unless detailed view factors are specified using ZoneProperty:UserViewFactors:BySurfaceName.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
The name of the construction.
Field: Air Exchange Method[LINK]
This field controls how the surface is modeled for radiant exchange calculations. There are two choices:
There will be no air exchange modeled across this surface. Other objects, such as ZoneMixing and ZoneCrossMixing or AirflowNetwork openings may be specified if desired.
For each pair of zones connected by Construction:AirBoundary, a pair of ZoneMixing objects will created automatically. These mixing objects may be automatically adjusted to balance HVAC system flows using the ZoneAirMassFlowConservation object.
Field: Simple Mixing Air Changes per Hour[LINK]
If the Air Exchange Method is SimpleMixing* then this field specifies the air change rate [1/hr] using the volume of the smaller zone as the basis. The default is 0.5. If an AirflowNetwork simulation is active this field is ignored.
Field:Simple Mixing Schedule Name[LINK]
If the Air Exchange Method is SimpleMixing then this field specifies the schedule name for the air mixing across this boundary. If this field is blank, then the schedule defaults to always 1.0. If an AirflowNetwork simulation is active this field is ignored.
IDF Example:
Composite Wall Constructions[LINK]
Standard constructions in EnergyPlus are built with the materials and layers described earlier. However, some configurations will not be adequately represented by using this approach. The Reference Data Set CompositeWallConstructions.idf contains constructions and associated materials for a set of composite walls. These are walls—such as stud walls—that have complicated heat-flow paths so that the conduction is two- or three-dimensional. Thermal bridges are one of the common terms for these complicated heat-flow paths; this dataset will help you represent these in EnergyPlus.
The materials here are not real materials but are “equivalent” materials obtained from finite-difference modeling. (The thickness, conductivity, density and specific heat values of the material layers for the different constructions have been taken from the ASHRAE report “Modeling Two- and Three-Dimensional Heat Transfer through Composite Wall and Roof Assemblies in Hourly Energy Simulation Programs (1145-TRP),” by Enermodal Engineering Limited, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, and the Polish Academy of Sciences, January 2001.). EnergyPlus will calculate conduction transfer functions using these materials. The heat transfer based on these conduction transfer functions will then be very close to what would be calculated with a two- or three-dimensional heat transfer calculation.
For stud walls, using these composite constructions will give more accurate heat flow than you would get by manually dividing the wall into a stud section and a non-stud section.
If your wall’s exterior or interior roughness or thermal, solar or visible absorptances are different from those in the data set, you can make the appropriate changes to the first material (the outside layer) or the third material (the inside layer). None of the other values should be changed.
Complete description of the CompositeWallConstructions data set are found in the OutputDetailsAndExamples document.
Construction:ComplexFenestrationState[LINK]
This input object is used to describe the properties of a single state for complex fenestration. There are two parts to the input, 1) layer-by-layer physical description of fenestration system and 2) a set of matrices that describe overall system optical performance. Each layer also has associated with it two matrices that give the layer absorptance (for front and back incidence on the system).
The optical properties are given as a two-dimensional matrix describing the basis and four two-dimensional matrices of system bidirectional optical properties.
These input objects will generally be exported directly from the WINDOW program and it is expected that users usually will not develop the input themselves. However, this is an option for users who prefer to use a different method (e.g., Monte-Carlo ray-trace or measurement) of determining optical properties.
Multiple instances of this object are used to define the separate operating states of complex fenestration. For example, blinds could be deployed or redirected to create a new state, or electrochromic glazings could change transmittance. Each separate state defines the materials present and the overall optical performance. If the glazing system has only one state, then only one of these objects is needed.
If there is more than one complex fenestration state, it will be controlled using the EMS actuator called “Surface” with the control type “Construction State” and the EMS input object called EnergyManagementSystem:ConstructionIndexVariable.
Note that when using the Solar Distribution method of FullInteriorAndExterior or FullInteriorAndExteriorWithReflections, the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState windows are not suggested to be mix-used together with regular windows (windows constructed from “actual” materials descriptions, or simple layers) in the same zone, due to the limitations of the current models. When these two solar distribution methods are used, it is suggested using either all regular windows or all Complex Fenestration windows in the same zone, but not a mix of these two types of windows.
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of this construction. Used to identify type of window in surface objects.
Field: Basis Type keyword[LINK]
Only value currently implemented is “LBNLWINDOW”. More options may be added in the future.
Field: Basis Symmetry, keyword[LINK]
Only value currently implemented is “None”. More options will be added in the future.
Field: Thermal Parameters[LINK]
This field gives the name of WindowThermalModel:Params object used to keep common data necessary for thermal simulation.
Field: Basis Matrix Name[LINK]
This field gives the name of an 2 x N matrix object that defines the basis For a fenestration basis, N would be the number of theta (polar angle) values, the first of the two elements for each of the i = 1,..,N would be the theta value, and the second would be the number of phi (azimuthal angle) values that 360º is divided into for that theta.
Field: Solar Optical Complex Front Transmittance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that describes the solar transmittance at different incident angles. This is from the outside toward the inside.
Field: Solar Optical Complex Back Reflectance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that describes the solar back reflectance at different incident angles. This is from the inside toward the outside.
Field: Visible Optical Complex Front Transmittance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of matrix object that describes the visible transmittance at different incident angles. This is from the outside toward the inside.
Field: Visible Optical Complex Back Reflectance Matrix Name[LINK]
This field contains the name of vector object that describes the visible back reflectance at different incident angles. This is from the inside toward the outside.
Field: Outside Layer <x = 1>[LINK]
Each construction must have at least one layer. The layer order is from outside to inside, with the first layer being either WindowMaterial:Glazing or WindowMaterial:ComplexShade. The next layer is a WindowMaterial:Gap layer, and the following layers then alternate between WindowMaterial:Glazing or WindowMaterial:ComplexShade and WindowMaterial:Gap. The last layer cannot be WindowMaterial:Gap.
Field: Outside Layer Directional Front Absorptance Matrix Name[LINK]
Points to an Nbasis x 1 matrix object.
Field: Outside Layer Directional Back Absorptance Matrix Name[LINK]
Points to an Nbasis x 1 matrix object.
Above 3 fields are optionally repeated for layers 2-10[LINK]
These layers include gaps, which do not need to have matrix data specified.
An IDF example of complex fenestration with single layer:
An complex fenestration IDF example with double layer (first layer is shading device):
WindowThermalModel:Params[LINK]
This input object is used with the Construction:ComplexFenestrationState
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of the window thermal model parameters.
Field: Calculation Standard[LINK]
The type of the calculation standard. The choices are:
ISO15099
EN673Declared
EN673Design
The default is ISO15099.
Field: Thermal Model[LINK]
The type of thermal model. The choices are:
ISO15099
ScaledCavityWidth
ConvectiveScalarModel_NoSDThickness
ConvectiveScalarModel_withSDThickness
The default is ISO15099.
Field: SD Scalar[LINK]
Shading Device Scalar Factor. Only used for Thermal Model = Convective Scalar Model. Factor of venetian shading device layer contribution to convection. Real value between 0 (where the shading device contribution to convection is neglected) and 1 (where the shading device treated as “closed” – as if it is a glass layer with thermal properties of SD slat material). Default: 1.0
Field: Deflection Model[LINK]
The type of deflection model used to model deflection in windows and glass. The choices are:
NoDeflection
TemperatureAndPressureInput
MeasuredDeflection
The default is NoDeflection.
Field: Vacuum Pressure Limit[LINK]
The pressure (Pa) which will be considered to be the limit for vacuum glazing pressure. All pressures less than or equal to this pressure will be considered to be vacuum. Default: 13.238 Pa.
Field: Initial Temperature[LINK]
The temperature (\(^{o}\)C) of the gap in the time of fabrication. It is used only when WindowThermalModel:Params DeflectionModel = TemperatureAndPressureInput
Field: Initial Pressure[LINK]
The pressure (Pa) of the gap at the time of fabrication of the sealed glazing system unitIt is used only when WindowThermalModel:Params DeflectionModel = TemperatureAndPressureInput.
An IDF example for WindowThermalModel:Params (without deflection):
An IDF example for thermal parameters (with deflection):
An IDF example for WindowThermalModel:Params for modeling vacuum glazing
Matrix:TwoDimension[LINK]
This is input object is only used with Construction:ComplexFenestrationState object to enter a two-dimensional matrix of values.
It is used to define the Basis Matrix for BSDF input data, and is also used to define the actual BSDF matrices data for the complete fenestration definition as well as the individual layers of the system.
The data are entered in row-major order: all the elements of row 1, followed by all the elements of row 2, etc. The number of values to be entered depends on the number of rows and the number of columns. Blank fields are treated as having been set to zero.
See example IDF file “CmplxGlz_SmOff_IntExtShading.idf” for the definition of two complex shading layers with matrix data defined.
Field: Name[LINK]
Unique name of matrix input object.
Field: Number of Rows[LINK]
This field is the number of rows in the matrix.
Field: Number of Columns[LINK]
This field is the number of columns in the matrix
< Field Set: Value # N >[LINK]
Repeat entering value exactly the same number of times as the number of rows times the number of columns.
Field: Value # 1[LINK]
This is the value of the matrix at the first row and first column.
Field: Value #2[LINK]
This is the value of the matrix at the first row and the second column.
An IDF example of matrix for defining BSDF basis:
Construction:WindowEquivalentLayer[LINK]
This object defines the construction for equivalent layer window (ASHWAT) model. This window can model various mix of glazing and shading layers combination. Shadings are defined as an integral part of the construction. The construction is defined by listing the layers name starting with outside layer and work your way to the inside Layer. Up to six solid layers (glazing and shade) and up to five gaps, i.e., a total of up to 11 layers maximum are allowed in equivalent layer window object. The solid layer types allowed are: Glazing, Insect Screen, Roller Blinds, Venetian Blind, and Drape Fabrics. This window model requires optical data of the individual glazing and shading layers to calculate the effective optical properties of the composite fenestration construction. Venetian blinds in equivalent layer window model can be in a fixed slat angle or has the option to control the slat angle in order to maximize visibility, or maximize solar gains. An equivalent-layer concept can simulate wide range of multiple glazing and shading layers combination and provides unlimited flexibility to combine different types of shading layers in a fenestration. The equivalent-layer window model does not support daylighting control. For the gap layer object any one of the five different Gas types can be specified: AIR, ARGON, XENON, KRYPTON, or CUSTOM. This window object is referenced by fenestration surfaces. For details of the model description refer to Equivalent Layer Fenestration Model section in Engineering Reference. The various layer objects that can be referenced in Equivalent Layer window model are:
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This field is a user specified name that will be used as a reference by other input syntax. For example, a heat transfer surface (ref: Fenestration) requires a construction name to define what the make-up of the fenestration is. This name must be identical to one of the Window Construction Equivalent Layer definitions in the input data file.
Field: Outside Layer[LINK]
Each equivalent layer window construction must have at least one layer. This field defines the material name associated with the layer on the outside of the construction—outside referring to the side that is exposed to the outdoor environment or another zone. Material layers for equivalent layer window model are defined based on their thermal properties elsewhere in the input file (ref: WindowEquivalentLayerMaterialNames)
Field: Layer 2 – Layer11[LINK]
The next fields are optional and the number of them showing up in a particular equivalent layer window construction definition depends solely on the number of material layers present in that construction. The data expected is identical to the outside layer field (see previous field description). The order of the remaining layers is important and should be listed in order of occurrence from the one just inside the outside layer until the inside layer is reached. As noted above, the inside layer should NOT be a film coefficient since EnergyPlus will calculate inside convection and radiation heat transfer more precisely.
An IDF example for this object, is shown below:
Construction:WindowDataFile[LINK]
The WINDOW program, which does a thermal and optical analysis of a window under different design conditions, writes a data file (“Window data file”) containing a description of the window that was analyzed. The Construction:WindowDataFile object allows a window to be read in from the WINDOW data file—see “Importing Windows from WINDOW.” For information on adding a shading device to the window see “WindowShadingControl.”
Inputs[LINK]
Field: Name[LINK]
This is the name of a window on the Window data file. An error will result if EnergyPlus cannot find a window of this name on the file, or if the file, shown in the next field, is not present. The location of the data file should be specified in the File Name field. For details on what is done with the data if a matching window is found on the file see “Importing Windows from WINDOW.”
Field: File Name[LINK]
This is the file name of the Window data file that contains the Window referenced in the previous field. The field may include a full path with file name, for precise results. The field must be <= 100 characters. The file name must not include commas or an exclamation point. A relative path or a simple file name should work with version 7.0 or later when using EP-Launch even though EP-Launch uses temporary directories as part of the execution of EnergyPlus. If using RunEPlus.bat to run EnergyPlus from the command line, a relative path or a simple file name may work if RunEPlus.bat is run from the folder that contains EnergyPlus.exe.
If this field is left blank, the file name is defaulted to Window5DataFile.dat.
Input Example
An example showing use of specific data file name and complete path location follows:
Outputs[LINK]
An optional report (contained in eplusout.eio) gives calculational elements for the materials and constructions used in the input. These reports are explained fully in the Output Details and Examples document.
If Optical Data Type = Spectral, the program multiplies the solar and visible transmittance at each wavelength by the dirt correction factor.↩︎
EnergyPlus does not model the “partially translucent” case in which beam solar radiation incident on the glass is transmitted as a combination of beam and diffuse.↩︎
Documentation content copyright © 1996-2026 The Board of Trustees of the University of Illinois and the Regents of the University of California through the Ernest Orlando Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. All rights reserved. EnergyPlus is a trademark of the US Department of Energy.
This documentation is made available under the EnergyPlus Open Source License v1.0.